---
+(4.2.8p4-RC1) 2015/10/06 Released by Harlan Stenn <stenn@ntp.org>
* [Bug 2332] (reopened) Exercise thread cancellation once before dropping
privileges and limiting resources in NTPD removes the need to link
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntp.conf.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed September 23, 2015 at 10:15:09 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:06:51 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntp.conf.def
# and the template file agtexi-file.tpl
@end ignore
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntp.keys.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:31 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:06:56 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntp.keys.def
# and the template file agtexi-file.tpl
@end ignore
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpd.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:33 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
Usage: ntpd [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]... \
[ <server1> ... <serverN> ]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp.conf 5man "23 Sep 2015" "4.2.8p3" "File Formats"
+.TH ntp.conf 5man "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "File Formats"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-1Va40z/ag-GWaWZz)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed September 23, 2015 at 10:22:45 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:06:17 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp.conf.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd September 23 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTP_CONF 5mdoc File Formats
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed September 23, 2015 at 10:15:06 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:05 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp.conf.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 5.2, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<html lang="en">
<head>
-<title>NTP Configuration File User’s Manual</title>
-
-<meta name="description" content="NTP Configuration File User’s Manual">
-<meta name="keywords" content="NTP Configuration File User’s Manual">
-<meta name="resource-type" content="document">
-<meta name="distribution" content="global">
-<meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<link href="#Top" rel="start" title="Top">
-<link href="dir.html#Top" rel="up" title="(dir)">
-<style type="text/css">
-<!--
-a.summary-letter {text-decoration: none}
-blockquote.smallquotation {font-size: smaller}
-div.display {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.indentedblock {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.lisp {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.smalldisplay {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.smallexample {margin-left: 3.2em}
-div.smallindentedblock {margin-left: 3.2em; font-size: smaller}
-div.smalllisp {margin-left: 3.2em}
-kbd {font-style:oblique}
-pre.display {font-family: inherit}
-pre.format {font-family: inherit}
-pre.menu-comment {font-family: serif}
-pre.menu-preformatted {font-family: serif}
-pre.smalldisplay {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller}
-pre.smallexample {font-size: smaller}
-pre.smallformat {font-family: inherit; font-size: smaller}
-pre.smalllisp {font-size: smaller}
-span.nocodebreak {white-space:nowrap}
-span.nolinebreak {white-space:nowrap}
-span.roman {font-family:serif; font-weight:normal}
-span.sansserif {font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal}
-ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
--->
-</style>
-
-
+<title>NTP Configuration File User's Manual</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html">
+<meta name="description" content="NTP Configuration File User's Manual">
+<meta name="generator" content="makeinfo 4.7">
+<link title="Top" rel="top" href="#Top">
+<link href="http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" rel="generator-home" title="Texinfo Homepage">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css">
+<style type="text/css"><!--
+ pre.display { font-family:inherit }
+ pre.format { font-family:inherit }
+ pre.smalldisplay { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smallformat { font-family:inherit; font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smallexample { font-size:smaller }
+ pre.smalllisp { font-size:smaller }
+ span.sc { font-variant:small-caps }
+ span.roman { font-family: serif; font-weight: normal; }
+--></style>
</head>
+<body>
+<h1 class="settitle">NTP Configuration File User's Manual</h1>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="Top"></a>Next: <a rel="next" accesskey="n" href="#ntp_002econf-Description">ntp.conf Description</a>,
+Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#dir">(dir)</a>,
+Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#dir">(dir)</a>
+<br>
+</div>
-<body lang="en" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" text="#000000" link="#0000FF" vlink="#800080" alink="#FF0000">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">NTP Configuration File User’s Manual</h1>
-
-
-
+<h2 class="unnumbered">NTP's Configuration File User Manual</h2>
+<p>This document describes the configuration file for the NTP Project's
+<code>ntpd</code> program.
-<a name="Top"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Description" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntp.conf Description</a>, Previous: <a href="dir.html#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">(dir)</a>, Up: <a href="dir.html#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">(dir)</a> </p>
-</div>
-<a name="NTP_0027s-Configuration-File-User-Manual"></a>
-<h1 class="top">NTP’s Configuration File User Manual</h1>
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntp.conf</code>.
-<p>This document describes the configuration file for the NTP Project’s
-<code>ntpd</code> program.
-</p>
-<p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntp.conf</code>.
-</p>
-<a name="SEC_Overview"></a>
-<h2 class="shortcontents-heading">Short Table of Contents</h2>
-
-<div class="shortcontents">
-<ul class="no-bullet">
-<li><a name="stoc-Description" href="#toc-Description">1 Description</a></li>
+ <div class="shortcontents">
+<h2>Short Contents</h2>
+<ul>
+<a href="#Top">NTP's Configuration File User Manual</a>
</ul>
</div>
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ntp_002econf-Description">ntp.conf Description</a>
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#ntp_002econf-Notes">ntp.conf Notes</a>
+</ul>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntp_002econf-Description" accesskey="1">ntp.conf Description</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="2">ntp.conf Notes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr>
-<a name="ntp_002econf-Description"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#Top" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Top</a>, Up: <a href="#Top" accesskey="u" rel="up">Top</a> </p>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="ntp_002econf-Description"></a>Previous: <a rel="previous" accesskey="p" href="#Top">Top</a>,
+Up: <a rel="up" accesskey="u" href="#Top">Top</a>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Description"></a>
-<h2 class="chapter">1 Description</h2>
+
+<!-- node-name, next, previous, up -->
+<h3 class="section">Description</h3>
<p>The behavior of <code>ntpd</code> can be changed by a configuration file,
by default <code>ntp.conf</code>.
-</p>
-<hr>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="ntp_002econf-Notes"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Previous: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Bugs" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntp.conf Bugs</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Description" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Description</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Notes-about-ntp_002econf"></a>
-<h3 class="section">1.1 Notes about ntp.conf</h3>
-<a name="index-ntp_002econf"></a>
-<a name="index-Network-Time-Protocol-_0028NTP_0029-daemon-configuration-file-format"></a>
+<h3 class="section">Notes about ntp.conf</h3>
+<p><a name="index-ntp_002econf-1"></a><a name="index-Network-Time-Protocol-_0028NTP_0029-daemon-configuration-file-format-2"></a>
-<p>The
<code>ntp.conf</code>
configuration file is read at initial startup by the
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
daemon in order to specify the synchronization sources,
-modes and other related information.
+modes and other related information.
Usually, it is installed in the
-<samp>/etc</samp>
+<span class="file">/etc</span>
directory,
but could be installed elsewhere
-(see the daemon’s
+(see the daemon's
<code>-c</code>
command line option).
-</p>
-<p>The file format is similar to other
-<small>UNIX</small>
-configuration files.
+
+
<p>The file format is similar to other
+<span class="sc">unix</span>
+configuration files.
Comments begin with a
-‘#’
+#
character and extend to the end of the line;
-blank lines are ignored.
+blank lines are ignored.
Configuration commands consist of an initial keyword
followed by a list of arguments,
-some of which may be optional, separated by whitespace.
-Commands may not be continued over multiple lines.
+some of which may be optional, separated by whitespace.
+Commands may not be continued over multiple lines.
Arguments may be host names,
host addresses written in numeric, dotted-quad form,
integers, floating point numbers (when specifying times in seconds)
and text strings.
-</p>
-<p>The rest of this page describes the configuration and control options.
+
+ <p>The rest of this page describes the configuration and control options.
The
-"Notes on Configuring NTP and Setting up an NTP Subnet"
+"Notes on Configuring NTP and Setting up an NTP Subnet"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>)
-contains an extended discussion of these options.
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>)
+contains an extended discussion of these options.
In addition to the discussion of general
-‘Configuration Options’,
+<a href="#Configuration-Options">Configuration Options</a>,
there are sections describing the following supported functionality
and the options used to control it:
-<li>
<a href="#Authentication-Support">Authentication Support</a>
-<
/li><li> <a href="#Monitoring-Support">Monitoring Support</a>
-<
/li><li> <a href="#Access-Control-Support">Access Control Support</a>
-<
/li><li> <a href="#Automatic-NTP-Configuration-Options">Automatic NTP Configuration Options</a>
-<
/li><li> <a href="#Reference-Clock-Support">Reference Clock Support</a>
-<
/li><li> <a href="#Miscellaneous-Options">Miscellaneous Options</a>
-</li></ul>
-
-<p>Following these is a section describing
-<a href="#Miscellaneous-Options">Miscellaneous Options</a>.
+<li><a href="#Authentication-Support">Authentication Support</a>
+<
li><a href="#Monitoring-Support">Monitoring Support</a>
+<
li><a href="#Access-Control-Support">Access Control Support</a>
+<
li><a href="#Automatic-NTP-Configuration-Options">Automatic NTP Configuration Options</a>
+<
li><a href="#Reference-Clock-Support">Reference Clock Support</a>
+<
li><a href="#Miscellaneous-Options">Miscellaneous Options</a>
+</ul>
+
+
<p>Following these is a section describing
+<a href="#Miscellaneous-Options">Miscellaneous Options</a>.
While there is a rich set of options available,
the only required option is one or more
<code>pool</code>,
<code>broadcast</code>
or
<code>manycastclient</code>
-commands.
-</p><hr>
+commands.
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="Configuration-Support"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Authentication-Support" accesskey="n" rel="next">Authentication Support</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Configuration-Support-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.1 Configuration Support</h4>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">Configuration Support</h4>
+
<p>Following is a description of the configuration commands in
-NTPv4.
+NTPv4.
These commands have the same basic functions as in NTPv3 and
-in some cases new functions and new arguments.
+in some cases new functions and new arguments.
There are two
classes of commands, configuration commands that configure a
persistent association with a remote server or peer or reference
clock, and auxiliary commands that specify environmental variables
that control various related operations.
-</p><a name="Configuration-Commands"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.1.1 Configuration Commands</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Configuration Commands</h5>
+
<p>The various modes are determined by the command keyword and the
-type of the required IP address.
+type of the required IP address.
Addresses are classed by type as
(s) a remote server or peer (IPv4 class A, B and C), (b) the
broadcast address of a local interface, (m) a multicast address (IPv4
-class D), or (r) a reference clock address (127.127.x.x).
+class D), or (r) a reference clock address (127.127.x.x).
Note that
-only those options applicable to each command are listed below.
+only those options applicable to each command are listed below.
Use
of options not listed may not be caught as an error, but may result
in some weird and even destructive behavior.
-</p>
-<p>If the Basic Socket Interface Extensions for IPv6 (RFC-2553)
+
+
<p>If the Basic Socket Interface Extensions for IPv6 (RFC-2553)
is detected, support for the IPv6 address family is generated
-in addition to the default support of the IPv4 address family.
+in addition to the default support of the IPv4 address family.
In a few cases, including the reslist billboard generated
-by ntpdc, IPv6 addresses are automatically generated.
+by ntpdc, IPv6 addresses are automatically generated.
IPv6 addresses can be identified by the presence of colons
-“:”
-in the address field.
+:
+in the address field.
IPv6 addresses can be used almost everywhere where
IPv4 addresses can be used,
with the exception of reference clock addresses,
which are always IPv4.
-</p>
-<p>Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
+
+
<p>Note that in contexts where a host name is expected, a
<code>-4</code>
qualifier preceding
the host name forces DNS resolution to the IPv4 namespace,
while a
<code>-6</code>
-qualifier forces DNS resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
+qualifier forces DNS resolution to the IPv6 namespace.
See IPv6 references for the
equivalent classes for that address family.
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>pool</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[<code>burst</code>]</code> <code>[<code>iburst</code>]</code> <code>[<code>version</code> <kbd>version</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>prefer</code>]</code> <code>[<code>minpoll</code> <kbd>minpoll</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>maxpoll</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code>server</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[<code>key</code> <kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>|</kbd> <code>autokey</code>]</code> <code>[<code>burst</code>]</code> <code>[<code>iburst</code>]</code> <code>[<code>version</code> <kbd>version</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>prefer</code>]</code> <code>[<code>minpoll</code> <kbd>minpoll</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>maxpoll</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code>peer</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[<code>key</code> <kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>|</kbd> <code>autokey</code>]</code> <code>[<code>version</code> <kbd>version</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>prefer</code>]</code> <code>[<code>minpoll</code> <kbd>minpoll</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>maxpoll</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code>broadcast</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[<code>key</code> <kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>|</kbd> <code>autokey</code>]</code> <code>[<code>version</code> <kbd>version</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>prefer</code>]</code> <code>[<code>minpoll</code> <kbd>minpoll</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>ttl</code> <kbd>ttl</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code>manycastclient</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[<code>key</code> <kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>|</kbd> <code>autokey</code>]</code> <code>[<code>version</code> <kbd>version</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>prefer</code>]</code> <code>[<code>minpoll</code> <kbd>minpoll</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>maxpoll</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>ttl</code> <kbd>ttl</kbd>]</code></dt>
-</dl>
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>pool</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[burst]</code> <code>[iburst]</code> <code>[version </code><kbd>version</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[prefer]</code> <code>[minpoll </code><kbd>minpoll</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[maxpoll </code><kbd>maxpoll</kbd><code>]</code><br><dt><code>server</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[key </code><kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>|</kbd><code> autokey]</code> <code>[burst]</code> <code>[iburst]</code> <code>[version </code><kbd>version</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[prefer]</code> <code>[minpoll </code><kbd>minpoll</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[maxpoll </code><kbd>maxpoll</kbd><code>]</code><br><dt><code>peer</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[key </code><kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>|</kbd><code> autokey]</code> <code>[version </code><kbd>version</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[prefer]</code> <code>[minpoll </code><kbd>minpoll</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[maxpoll </code><kbd>maxpoll</kbd><code>]</code><br><dt><code>broadcast</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[key </code><kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>|</kbd><code> autokey]</code> <code>[version </code><kbd>version</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[prefer]</code> <code>[minpoll </code><kbd>minpoll</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[ttl </code><kbd>ttl</kbd><code>]</code><br><dt><code>manycastclient</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <code>[key </code><kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>|</kbd><code> autokey]</code> <code>[version </code><kbd>version</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[prefer]</code> <code>[minpoll </code><kbd>minpoll</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[maxpoll </code><kbd>maxpoll</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[ttl </code><kbd>ttl</kbd><code>]</code><dd></dl>
-<p>These five commands specify the time server name or address to
-be used and the mode in which to operate.
+
<p>These five commands specify the time server name or address to
+be used and the mode in which to operate.
The
<kbd>address</kbd>
can be
-either a DNS name or an IP address in dotted-quad notation.
+either a DNS name or an IP address in dotted-quad notation.
Additional information on association behavior can be found in the
-"Association Management"
+"Association Management"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>).
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>pool</code></dt>
-<dd><p>For type s addresses, this command mobilizes a persistent
-client mode association with a number of remote servers.
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>).
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>pool</code><dd>For type s addresses, this command mobilizes a persistent
+client mode association with a number of remote servers.
In this mode the local clock can synchronized to the
remote server, but the remote server can never be synchronized to
-the local clock.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>server</code></dt>
-<dd><p>For type s and r addresses, this command mobilizes a persistent
+the local clock.
+<br><dt><code>server</code><dd>For type s and r addresses, this command mobilizes a persistent
client mode association with the specified remote server or local
-radio clock.
+radio clock.
In this mode the local clock can synchronized to the
remote server, but the remote server can never be synchronized to
-the local clock.
+the local clock.
This command should
<em>not</em>
be used for type
-b or m addresses.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>peer</code></dt>
-<dd><p>For type s addresses (only), this command mobilizes a
+b or m addresses.
+<br><dt><code>peer</code><dd>For type s addresses (only), this command mobilizes a
persistent symmetric-active mode association with the specified
-remote peer.
+remote peer.
In this mode the local clock can be synchronized to
the remote peer or the remote peer can be synchronized to the local
-clock.
+clock.
This is useful in a network of servers where, depending on
various failure scenarios, either the local or remote peer may be
-the better source of time.
+the better source of time.
This command should NOT be used for type
-b, m or r addresses.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>broadcast</code></dt>
-<dd><p>For type b and m addresses (only), this
-command mobilizes a persistent broadcast mode association.
+b, m or r addresses.
+<br><dt><code>broadcast</code><dd>For type b and m addresses (only), this
+command mobilizes a persistent broadcast mode association.
Multiple
commands can be used to specify multiple local broadcast interfaces
-(subnets) and/or multiple multicast groups.
+(subnets) and/or multiple multicast groups.
Note that local
broadcast messages go only to the interface associated with the
-subnet specified, but multicast messages go to all interfaces.
+subnet specified, but multicast messages go to all interfaces.
In broadcast mode the local server sends periodic broadcast
messages to a client population at the
<kbd>address</kbd>
specified, which is usually the broadcast address on (one of) the
-local network(s) or a multicast address assigned to NTP.
+local network(s) or a multicast address assigned to NTP.
The IANA
has assigned the multicast group address IPv4 224.0.1.1 and
IPv6 ff05::101 (site local) exclusively to
NTP, but other nonconflicting addresses can be used to contain the
-messages within administrative boundaries.
+messages within administrative boundaries.
Ordinarily, this
specification applies only to the local server operating as a
sender; for operation as a broadcast client, see the
or
<code>multicastclient</code>
commands
-below.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>manycastclient</code></dt>
-<dd><p>For type m addresses (only), this command mobilizes a
+below.
+<br><dt><code>manycastclient</code><dd>For type m addresses (only), this command mobilizes a
manycast client mode association for the multicast address
-specified.
+specified.
In this case a specific address must be supplied which
matches the address used on the
<code>manycastserver</code>
command for
-the designated manycast servers.
+the designated manycast servers.
The NTP multicast address
224.0.1.1 assigned by the IANA should NOT be used, unless specific
means are taken to avoid spraying large areas of the Internet with
these messages and causing a possibly massive implosion of replies
-at the sender.
+at the sender.
The
<code>manycastserver</code>
command specifies that the local server
is to operate in client mode with the remote servers that are
-discovered as the result of broadcast/multicast messages.
+discovered as the result of broadcast/multicast messages.
The
client broadcasts a request message to the group address associated
with the specified
<kbd>address</kbd>
and specifically enabled
-servers respond to these messages.
+servers respond to these messages.
The client selects the servers
providing the best time and continues as with the
<code>server</code>
-command.
+command.
The remaining servers are discarded as if never
-heard.
-</p></dd>
+heard.
</dl>
-<p>Options:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>autokey</code></dt>
-<dd><p>All packets sent to and received from the server or peer are to
+ <p>Options:
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>autokey</code><dd>All packets sent to and received from the server or peer are to
include authentication fields encrypted using the autokey scheme
described in
-‘Authentication Options’.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>burst</code></dt>
-<dd><p>when the server is reachable, send a burst of eight packets
-instead of the usual one.
+<a href="#Authentication-Options">Authentication Options</a>.
+<br><dt><code>burst</code><dd>when the server is reachable, send a burst of eight packets
+instead of the usual one.
The packet spacing is normally 2 s;
however, the spacing between the first and second packets
can be changed with the calldelay command to allow
-additional time for a modem or ISDN call to complete.
+additional time for a modem or ISDN call to complete.
This is designed to improve timekeeping quality
with the
<code>server</code>
-command and s addresses.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>iburst</code></dt>
-<dd><p>When the server is unreachable, send a burst of eight packets
-instead of the usual one.
+command and s addresses.
+<br><dt><code>iburst</code><dd>When the server is unreachable, send a burst of eight packets
+instead of the usual one.
The packet spacing is normally 2 s;
however, the spacing between the first two packets can be
changed with the calldelay command to allow
-additional time for a modem or ISDN call to complete.
+additional time for a modem or ISDN call to complete.
This is designed to speed the initial synchronization
acquisition with the
<code>server</code>
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
is started with the
<code>-q</code>
-option.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>key</code> <kbd>key</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>All packets sent to and received from the server or peer are to
+option.
+<br><dt><code>key</code> <kbd>key</kbd><dd>All packets sent to and received from the server or peer are to
include authentication fields encrypted using the specified
<kbd>key</kbd>
-identifier with values from 1 to 65534, inclusive.
+identifier with values from 1 to 65534, inclusive.
The
-default is to include no encryption field.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>minpoll</code> <kbd>minpoll</kbd></dt>
-<dt><code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>maxpoll</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>These options specify the minimum and maximum poll intervals
+default is to include no encryption field.
+<br><dt><code>minpoll</code> <kbd>minpoll</kbd><br><dt><code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>maxpoll</kbd><dd>These options specify the minimum and maximum poll intervals
for NTP messages, as a power of 2 in seconds
The maximum poll
interval defaults to 10 (1,024 s), but can be increased by the
<code>maxpoll</code>
-option to an upper limit of 17 (36.4 h).
+option to an upper limit of 17 (36.4 h).
The
minimum poll interval defaults to 6 (64 s), but can be decreased by
the
<code>minpoll</code>
-option to a lower limit of 4 (16 s).
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>noselect</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Marks the server as unused, except for display purposes.
-The server is discarded by the selection algroithm.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>prefer</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Marks the server as preferred.
+option to a lower limit of 4 (16 s).
+<br><dt><code>noselect</code><dd>Marks the server as unused, except for display purposes.
+The server is discarded by the selection algroithm.
+<br><dt><code>prefer</code><dd>Marks the server as preferred.
All other things being equal,
this host will be chosen for synchronization among a set of
-correctly operating hosts.
+correctly operating hosts.
See the
-"Mitigation Rules and the prefer Keyword"
+"Mitigation Rules and the prefer Keyword"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>)
-for further information.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>ttl</code> <kbd>ttl</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This option is used only with broadcast server and manycast
-client modes.
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>)
+for further information.
+<br><dt><code>ttl</code> <kbd>ttl</kbd><dd>This option is used only with broadcast server and manycast
+client modes.
It specifies the time-to-live
<kbd>ttl</kbd>
to
use on broadcast server and multicast server and the maximum
<kbd>ttl</kbd>
for the expanding ring search with manycast
-client packets.
+client packets.
Selection of the proper value, which defaults to
127, is something of a black art and should be coordinated with the
-network administrator.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>version</code> <kbd>version</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the version number to be used for outgoing NTP
-packets.
+network administrator.
+<br><dt><code>version</code> <kbd>version</kbd><dd>Specifies the version number to be used for outgoing NTP
+packets.
Versions 1-4 are the choices, with version 4 the
-default.
-</p></dd>
+default.
</dl>
-<a name="Auxiliary-Commands"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.1.2 Auxiliary Commands</h4>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>broadcastclient</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This command enables reception of broadcast server messages to
-any local interface (type b) address.
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Auxiliary Commands</h5>
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>broadcastclient</code><dd>This command enables reception of broadcast server messages to
+any local interface (type b) address.
Upon receiving a message for
the first time, the broadcast client measures the nominal server
propagation delay using a brief client/server exchange with the
server, then enters the broadcast client mode, in which it
-synchronizes to succeeding broadcast messages.
+synchronizes to succeeding broadcast messages.
Note that, in order
to avoid accidental or malicious disruption in this mode, both the
server and client should operate using symmetric-key or public-key
authentication as described in
-‘Authentication Options’.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>manycastserver</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command enables reception of manycast client messages to
-the multicast group address(es) (type m) specified.
+<a href="#Authentication-Options">Authentication Options</a>.
+<br><dt><code>manycastserver</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd><dd>This command enables reception of manycast client messages to
+the multicast group address(es) (type m) specified.
At least one
address is required, but the NTP multicast address 224.0.1.1
assigned by the IANA should NOT be used, unless specific means are
taken to limit the span of the reply and avoid a possibly massive
-implosion at the original sender.
+implosion at the original sender.
Note that, in order to avoid
accidental or malicious disruption in this mode, both the server
and client should operate using symmetric-key or public-key
authentication as described in
-‘Authentication Options’.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>multicastclient</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command enables reception of multicast server messages to
-the multicast group address(es) (type m) specified.
+<a href="#Authentication-Options">Authentication Options</a>.
+<br><dt><code>multicastclient</code> <kbd>address</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd><dd>This command enables reception of multicast server messages to
+the multicast group address(es) (type m) specified.
Upon receiving
a message for the first time, the multicast client measures the
nominal server propagation delay using a brief client/server
exchange with the server, then enters the broadcast client mode, in
-which it synchronizes to succeeding multicast messages.
+which it synchronizes to succeeding multicast messages.
Note that,
in order to avoid accidental or malicious disruption in this mode,
both the server and client should operate using symmetric-key or
public-key authentication as described in
-‘Authentication Options’.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>mdnstries</code> <kbd>number</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>If we are participating in mDNS,
+<a href="#Authentication-Options">Authentication Options</a>.
+<br><dt><code>mdnstries</code> <kbd>number</kbd><dd>If we are participating in mDNS,
after we have synched for the first time
-we attempt to register with the mDNS system.
+we attempt to register with the mDNS system.
If that registration attempt fails,
we try again at one minute intervals for up to
<code>mdnstries</code>
-times.
+times.
After all,
<code>ntpd</code>
-may be starting before mDNS.
+may be starting before mDNS.
The default value for
<code>mdnstries</code>
-is 5.
-</p></dd>
+is 5.
</dl>
-<hr>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="Authentication-Support"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Monitoring-Support" accesskey="n" rel="next">Monitoring Support</a>, Previous: <a href="#Configuration-Support" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Configuration Support</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Authentication-Support-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.2 Authentication Support</h4>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">Authentication Support</h4>
+
<p>Authentication support allows the NTP client to verify that the
server is in fact known and trusted and not an intruder intending
-accidentally or on purpose to masquerade as that server.
+accidentally or on purpose to masquerade as that server.
The NTPv3
specification RFC-1305 defines a scheme which provides
-cryptographic authentication of received NTP packets.
+cryptographic authentication of received NTP packets.
Originally,
this was done using the Data Encryption Standard (DES) algorithm
operating in Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) mode, commonly called
-DES-CBC.
+DES-CBC.
Subsequently, this was replaced by the RSA Message Digest
-5 (MD5) algorithm using a private key, commonly called keyed-MD5.
+5 (MD5) algorithm using a private key, commonly called keyed-MD5.
Either algorithm computes a message digest, or one-way hash, which
can be used to verify the server has the correct private key and
key identifier.
-</p>
-<p>NTPv4 retains the NTPv3 scheme, properly described as symmetric key
+
+
<p>NTPv4 retains the NTPv3 scheme, properly described as symmetric key
cryptography and, in addition, provides a new Autokey scheme
-based on public key cryptography.
+based on public key cryptography.
Public key cryptography is generally considered more secure
than symmetric key cryptography, since the security is based
on a private value which is generated by each server and
-never revealed.
+never revealed.
With Autokey all key distribution and
management functions involve only public values, which
-considerably simplifies key distribution and storage.
+considerably simplifies key distribution and storage.
Public key management is based on X.509 certificates,
which can be provided by commercial services or
produced by utility programs in the OpenSSL software library
or the NTPv4 distribution.
-</p>
-<p>While the algorithms for symmetric key cryptography are
+
+
<p>While the algorithms for symmetric key cryptography are
included in the NTPv4 distribution, public key cryptography
requires the OpenSSL software library to be installed
-before building the NTP distribution.
+before building the NTP distribution.
Directions for doing that
are on the Building and Installing the Distribution page.
-</p>
-<p>Authentication is configured separately for each association
+
+
<p>Authentication is configured separately for each association
using the
<code>key</code>
or
and
<code>manycastclient</code>
configuration commands as described in
-‘Configuration Options’
-page.
+<a href="#Configuration-Options">Configuration Options</a>
+page.
The authentication
options described below specify the locations of the key files,
if other than default, which symmetric keys are trusted
and the interval between various operations, if other than default.
-</p>
-<p>Authentication is always enabled,
+
+
<p>Authentication is always enabled,
although ineffective if not configured as
-described below.
+described below.
If a NTP packet arrives
including a message authentication
code (MAC), it is accepted only if it
-passes all cryptographic checks.
+passes all cryptographic checks.
The
checks require correct key ID, key value
-and message digest.
+and message digest.
If the packet has
been modified in any way or replayed
by an intruder, it will fail one or more
-of these checks and be discarded.
+of these checks and be discarded.
Furthermore, the Autokey scheme requires a
preliminary protocol exchange to obtain
the server certificate, verify its
credentials and initialize the protocol
-</p>
-<p>The
+
<code>auth</code>
flag controls whether new associations or
-remote configuration commands require cryptographic authentication.
+remote configuration commands require cryptographic authentication.
This flag can be set or reset by the
<code>enable</code>
and
configuration commands sent by a
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
program running in
-another machine.
+another machine.
If this flag is enabled, which is the default
case, new broadcast client and symmetric passive associations and
remote configuration commands must be cryptographically
-authenticated using either symmetric key or public key cryptography.
+authenticated using either symmetric key or public key cryptography.
If this
flag is disabled, these operations are effective
even if not cryptographic
-authenticated.
+authenticated.
It should be understood
that operating with the
<code>auth</code>
flag disabled invites a significant vulnerability
where a rogue hacker can
masquerade as a falseticker and seriously
-disrupt system timekeeping.
+disrupt system timekeeping.
It is
important to note that this flag has no purpose
other than to allow or disallow
and remote configuration commands and, in particular,
the flag has no effect on
the authentication process itself.
-</p>
-<p>An attractive alternative where multicast support is available
+
+
<p>An attractive alternative where multicast support is available
is manycast mode, in which clients periodically troll
for servers as described in the
<a href="#Automatic-NTP-Configuration-Options">Automatic NTP Configuration Options</a>
-page.
+page.
Either symmetric key or public key
-cryptographic authentication can be used in this mode.
+cryptographic authentication can be used in this mode.
The principle advantage
of manycast mode is that potential servers need not be
configured in advance,
since the client finds them during regular operation,
and the configuration
files for all clients can be identical.
-</p>
-<p>The security model and protocol schemes for
+
+
<p>The security model and protocol schemes for
both symmetric key and public key
cryptography are summarized below;
further details are in the briefings, papers
and reports at the NTP project page linked from
<code>http://www.ntp.org/</code>.
-</p><a name="Symmetric_002dKey-Cryptography"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.2.1 Symmetric-Key Cryptography</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Symmetric-Key Cryptography</h5>
+
<p>The original RFC-1305 specification allows any one of possibly
65,534 keys, each distinguished by a 32-bit key identifier, to
-authenticate an association.
+authenticate an association.
The servers and clients involved must
agree on the key and key identifier to
-authenticate NTP packets.
+authenticate NTP packets.
Keys and
related information are specified in a key
file, usually called
-<samp>ntp.keys</samp>,
+<span class="file">ntp.keys</span>,
which must be distributed and stored using
-secure means beyond the scope of the NTP protocol itself.
+secure means beyond the scope of the NTP protocol itself.
Besides the keys used
for ordinary NTP associations,
additional keys can be used as passwords for the
and
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
utility programs.
-</p>
-<p>When
+
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
is first started, it reads the key file specified in the
<code>keys</code>
configuration command and installs the keys
-in the key cache.
+in the key cache.
However,
individual keys must be activated with the
<code>trusted</code>
-command before use.
+command before use.
This
allows, for instance, the installation of possibly
several batches of keys and
then activating or deactivating each batch
remotely using
-<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>.
+<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>.
This also provides a revocation capability that can be used
-if a key becomes compromised.
+if a key becomes compromised.
The
<code>requestkey</code>
command selects the key used as the password for the
command selects the key used as the password for the
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
utility.
-</p><a name="Public-Key-Cryptography"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.2.2 Public Key Cryptography</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Public Key Cryptography</h5>
+
<p>NTPv4 supports the original NTPv3 symmetric key scheme
described in RFC-1305 and in addition the Autokey protocol,
-which is based on public key cryptography.
+which is based on public key cryptography.
The Autokey Version 2 protocol described on the Autokey Protocol
page verifies packet integrity using MD5 message digests
and verifies the source with digital signatures and any of several
-digest/signature schemes.
+digest/signature schemes.
Optional identity schemes described on the Identity Schemes
page and based on cryptographic challenge/response algorithms
-are also available.
+are also available.
Using all of these schemes provides strong security against
replay with or without modification, spoofing, masquerade
and most forms of clogging attacks.
-</p>
-<p>The Autokey protocol has several modes of operation
-corresponding to the various NTP modes supported.
+
+
<p>The Autokey protocol has several modes of operation
+corresponding to the various NTP modes supported.
Most modes use a special cookie which can be
computed independently by the client and server,
-but encrypted in transmission.
+but encrypted in transmission.
All modes use in addition a variant of the S-KEY scheme,
in which a pseudo-random key list is generated and used
-in reverse order.
+in reverse order.
These schemes are described along with an executive summary,
current status, briefing slides and reading list on the
-‘Autonomous Authentication’
+<a href="#Autonomous-Authentication">Autonomous Authentication</a>
page.
-</p>
-<p>The specific cryptographic environment used by Autokey servers
+
+
<p>The specific cryptographic environment used by Autokey servers
and clients is determined by a set of files
and soft links generated by the
<code>ntp-keygen(1ntpkeygenmdoc)</code>
-program.
+program.
This includes a required host key file,
required certificate file and optional sign key file,
-leapsecond file and identity scheme files.
+leapsecond file and identity scheme files.
The
digest/signature scheme is specified in the X.509 certificate
-along with the matching sign key.
+along with the matching sign key.
There are several schemes
available in the OpenSSL software library, each identified
by a specific string such as
<code>md5WithRSAEncryption</code>,
which stands for the MD5 message digest with RSA
-encryption scheme.
+encryption scheme.
The current NTP distribution supports
all the schemes in the OpenSSL library, including
those based on RSA and DSA digital signatures.
-</p>
-<p>NTP secure groups can be used to define cryptographic compartments
-and security hierarchies.
+
+
<p>NTP secure groups can be used to define cryptographic compartments
+and security hierarchies.
It is important that every host
in the group be able to construct a certificate trail to one
-or more trusted hosts in the same group.
+or more trusted hosts in the same group.
Each group
host runs the Autokey protocol to obtain the certificates
-for all hosts along the trail to one or more trusted hosts.
+for all hosts along the trail to one or more trusted hosts.
This requires the configuration file in all hosts to be
engineered so that, even under anticipated failure conditions,
the NTP subnet will form such that every group host can find
a trail to at least one trusted host.
-</p><a name="Naming-and-Addressing"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.2.3 Naming and Addressing</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Naming and Addressing</h5>
+
<p>It is important to note that Autokey does not use DNS to
-resolve addresses, since DNS can’t be completely trusted
-until the name servers have synchronized clocks.
+resolve addresses, since DNS can't be completely trusted
+until the name servers have synchronized clocks.
The cryptographic name used by Autokey to bind the host identity
credentials and cryptographic values must be independent
-of interface, network and any other naming convention.
+of interface, network and any other naming convention.
The name appears in the host certificate in either or both
the subject and issuer fields, so protection against
DNS compromise is essential.
-</p>
-<p>By convention, the name of an Autokey host is the name returned
+
+
<p>By convention, the name of an Autokey host is the name returned
by the Unix
<code>gethostname(2)</code>
-system call or equivalent in other systems.
+system call or equivalent in other systems.
By the system design
-model, there are no provisions to allow alternate names or aliases.
+model, there are no provisions to allow alternate names or aliases.
However, this is not to say that DNS aliases, different names
for each interface, etc., are constrained in any way.
-</p>
-<p>It is also important to note that Autokey verifies authenticity
+
+
<p>It is also important to note that Autokey verifies authenticity
using the host name, network address and public keys,
all of which are bound together by the protocol specifically
-to deflect masquerade attacks.
+to deflect masquerade attacks.
For this reason Autokey
includes the source and destinatino IP addresses in message digest
computations and so the same addresses must be available
-at both the server and client.
+at both the server and client.
For this reason operation
-with network address translation schemes is not possible.
+with network address translation schemes is not possible.
This reflects the intended robust security model where government
and corporate NTP servers are operated outside firewall perimeters.
-</p><a name="Operation"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.2.4 Operation</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Operation</h5>
+
<p>A specific combination of authentication scheme (none,
symmetric key, public key) and identity scheme is called
-a cryptotype, although not all combinations are compatible.
+a cryptotype, although not all combinations are compatible.
There may be management configurations where the clients,
-servers and peers may not all support the same cryptotypes.
+servers and peers may not all support the same cryptotypes.
A secure NTPv4 subnet can be configured in many ways while
keeping in mind the principles explained above and
-in this section.
+in this section.
Note however that some cryptotype
combinations may successfully interoperate with each other,
but may not represent good security practice.
-</p>
-<p>The cryptotype of an association is determined at the time
+
+
<p>The cryptotype of an association is determined at the time
of mobilization, either at configuration time or some time
-later when a message of appropriate cryptotype arrives.
+later when a message of appropriate cryptotype arrives.
When mobilized by a
<code>server</code>
or
<code>autokey</code>
subcommand is present, the association is authenticated
using Autokey.
-</p>
-<p>When multiple identity schemes are supported in the Autokey
-protocol, the first message exchange determines which one is used.
+
+
<p>When multiple identity schemes are supported in the Autokey
+protocol, the first message exchange determines which one is used.
The client request message contains bits corresponding
-to which schemes it has available.
+to which schemes it has available.
The server response message
-contains bits corresponding to which schemes it has available.
+contains bits corresponding to which schemes it has available.
Both server and client match the received bits with their own
and select a common scheme.
-</p>
-<p>Following the principle that time is a public value,
+
+
<p>Following the principle that time is a public value,
a server responds to any client packet that matches
-its cryptotype capabilities.
+its cryptotype capabilities.
Thus, a server receiving
an unauthenticated packet will respond with an unauthenticated
packet, while the same server receiving a packet of a cryptotype
-it supports will respond with packets of that cryptotype.
+it supports will respond with packets of that cryptotype.
However, unconfigured broadcast or manycast client
associations or symmetric passive associations will not be
mobilized unless the server supports a cryptotype compatible
-with the first packet received.
+with the first packet received.
By default, unauthenticated associations will not be mobilized
unless overridden in a decidedly dangerous way.
-</p>
-<p>Some examples may help to reduce confusion.
-Client Alice has no specific cryptotype selected.
-Server Bob has both a symmetric key file and minimal Autokey files.
-Alice’s unauthenticated messages arrive at Bob, who replies with
-unauthenticated messages.
-Cathy has a copy of Bob’s symmetric
-key file and has selected key ID 4 in messages to Bob.
-Bob verifies the message with his key ID 4.
-If it’s the
+
+ <p>Some examples may help to reduce confusion.
+Client Alice has no specific cryptotype selected.
+Server Bob has both a symmetric key file and minimal Autokey files.
+Alice's unauthenticated messages arrive at Bob, who replies with
+unauthenticated messages.
+Cathy has a copy of Bob's symmetric
+key file and has selected key ID 4 in messages to Bob.
+Bob verifies the message with his key ID 4.
+If it's the
same key and the message is verified, Bob sends Cathy a reply
-authenticated with that key.
+authenticated with that key.
If verification fails,
Bob sends Cathy a thing called a crypto-NAK, which tells her
-something broke.
+something broke.
She can see the evidence using the
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
program.
-</p>
-<p>Denise has rolled her own host key and certificate.
-She also uses one of the identity schemes as Bob.
+
+ <p>Denise has rolled her own host key and certificate.
+She also uses one of the identity schemes as Bob.
She sends the first Autokey message to Bob and they
-both dance the protocol authentication and identity steps.
+both dance the protocol authentication and identity steps.
If all comes out okay, Denise and Bob continue as described above.
-</p>
-<p>It should be clear from the above that Bob can support
+
+
<p>It should be clear from the above that Bob can support
all the girls at the same time, as long as he has compatible
-authentication and identity credentials.
+authentication and identity credentials.
Now, Bob can act just like the girls in his own choice of servers;
he can run multiple configured associations with multiple different
-servers (or the same server, although that might not be useful).
+servers (or the same server, although that might not be useful).
But, wise security policy might preclude some cryptotype
combinations; for instance, running an identity scheme
with one server and no authentication with another might not be wise.
-</p><a name="Key-Management"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.2.5 Key Management</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Key Management</h5>
+
<p>The cryptographic values used by the Autokey protocol are
incorporated as a set of files generated by the
<code>ntp-keygen(1ntpkeygenmdoc)</code>
utility program, including symmetric key, host key and
public certificate files, as well as sign key, identity parameters
-and leapseconds files.
+and leapseconds files.
Alternatively, host and sign keys and
certificate files can be generated by the OpenSSL utilities
and certificates can be imported from public certificate
-authorities.
+authorities.
Note that symmetric keys are necessary for the
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
and
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-utility programs.
+utility programs.
The remaining files are necessary only for the
Autokey protocol.
-</p>
-<p>Certificates imported from OpenSSL or public certificate
-authorities have certian limitations.
+
+
<p>Certificates imported from OpenSSL or public certificate
+authorities have certian limitations.
The certificate should be in ASN.1 syntax, X.509 Version 3
format and encoded in PEM, which is the same format
-used by OpenSSL.
+used by OpenSSL.
The overall length of the certificate encoded
-in ASN.1 must not exceed 1024 bytes.
+in ASN.1 must not exceed 1024 bytes.
The subject distinguished
name field (CN) is the fully qualified name of the host
-on which it is used; the remaining subject fields are ignored.
+on which it is used; the remaining subject fields are ignored.
The certificate extension fields must not contain either
a subject key identifier or a issuer key identifier field;
however, an extended key usage field for a trusted host must
contain the value
-<code>trustRoot</code>;.
+<code>trustRoot</code>;.
Other extension fields are ignored.
-</p><a name="Authentication-Commands"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.2.6 Authentication Commands</h4>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>autokey</code> <code>[<kbd>logsec</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the interval between regenerations of the session key
-list used with the Autokey protocol.
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Authentication Commands</h5>
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>autokey</code> <code>[</code><kbd>logsec</kbd><code>]</code><dd>Specifies the interval between regenerations of the session key
+list used with the Autokey protocol.
Note that the size of the key
list for each association depends on this interval and the current
-poll interval.
-The default value is 12 (4096 s or about 1.1 hours).
+poll interval.
+The default value is 12 (4096 s or about 1.1 hours).
For poll intervals above the specified interval, a session key list
with a single entry will be regenerated for every message
-sent.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>controlkey</code> <kbd>key</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the key identifier to use with the
+sent.
+<br><dt><code>controlkey</code> <kbd>key</kbd><dd>Specifies the key identifier to use with the
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
utility, which uses the standard
-protocol defined in RFC-1305.
+protocol defined in RFC-1305.
The
<kbd>key</kbd>
argument is
the key identifier for a trusted key, where the value can be in the
-range 1 to 65,534, inclusive.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>crypto</code> <code>[<code>cert</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>leap</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>randfile</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>host</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>sign</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>gq</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>gqpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>iffpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>mvpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>pw</code> <kbd>password</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This command requires the OpenSSL library.
+range 1 to 65,534, inclusive.
+<br><dt><code>crypto</code> <code>[cert </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[leap </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[randfile </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[host </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[sign </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[gq </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[gqpar </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[iffpar </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[mvpar </code><kbd>file</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[pw </code><kbd>password</kbd><code>]</code><dd>This command requires the OpenSSL library.
It activates public key
cryptography, selects the message digest and signature
encryption scheme and loads the required private and public
-values described above.
+values described above.
If one or more files are left unspecified,
-the default names are used as described above.
+the default names are used as described above.
Unless the complete path and name of the file are specified, the
location of a file is relative to the keys directory specified
in the
<code>keysdir</code>
command or default
-<samp>/usr/local/etc</samp>.
+<span class="file">/usr/local/etc</span>.
Following are the subcommands:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>cert</code> <kbd>file</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the location of the required host public certificate file.
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>cert</code> <kbd>file</kbd><dd>Specifies the location of the required host public certificate file.
This overrides the link
-<samp>ntpkey_cert_</samp><kbd>hostname</kbd>
-in the keys directory.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>gqpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the location of the optional GQ parameters file.
+<span class="file">ntpkey_cert_</span><kbd>hostname</kbd>
+in the keys directory.
+<br><dt><code>gqpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd><dd>Specifies the location of the optional GQ parameters file.
This
overrides the link
-<samp>ntpkey_gq_</samp><kbd>hostname</kbd>
-in the keys directory.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>host</code> <kbd>file</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the location of the required host key file.
+<span class="file">ntpkey_gq_</span><kbd>hostname</kbd>
+in the keys directory.
+<br><dt><code>host</code> <kbd>file</kbd><dd>Specifies the location of the required host key file.
This overrides
the link
-<samp>ntpkey_key_</samp><kbd>hostname</kbd>
-in the keys directory.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>iffpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the location of the optional IFF parameters file.This
+<span class="file">ntpkey_key_</span><kbd>hostname</kbd>
+in the keys directory.
+<br><dt><code>iffpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd><dd>Specifies the location of the optional IFF parameters file.This
overrides the link
-<samp>ntpkey_iff_</samp><kbd>hostname</kbd>
-in the keys directory.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>leap</code> <kbd>file</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the location of the optional leapsecond file.
+<span class="file">ntpkey_iff_</span><kbd>hostname</kbd>
+in the keys directory.
+<br><dt><code>leap</code> <kbd>file</kbd><dd>Specifies the location of the optional leapsecond file.
This overrides the link
-<samp>ntpkey_leap</samp>
-in the keys directory.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>mvpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the location of the optional MV parameters file.
+<span class="file">ntpkey_leap</span>
+in the keys directory.
+<br><dt><code>mvpar</code> <kbd>file</kbd><dd>Specifies the location of the optional MV parameters file.
This
overrides the link
-<samp>ntpkey_mv_</samp><kbd>hostname</kbd>
-in the keys directory.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>pw</code> <kbd>password</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the password to decrypt files containing private keys and
-identity parameters.
+<span class="file">ntpkey_mv_</span><kbd>hostname</kbd>
+in the keys directory.
+<br><dt><code>pw</code> <kbd>password</kbd><dd>Specifies the password to decrypt files containing private keys and
+identity parameters.
This is required only if these files have been
-encrypted.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>randfile</code> <kbd>file</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the location of the random seed file used by the OpenSSL
-library.
-The defaults are described in the main text above.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>sign</code> <kbd>file</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the location of the optional sign key file.
+encrypted.
+<br><dt><code>randfile</code> <kbd>file</kbd><dd>Specifies the location of the random seed file used by the OpenSSL
+library.
+The defaults are described in the main text above.
+<br><dt><code>sign</code> <kbd>file</kbd><dd>Specifies the location of the optional sign key file.
This overrides
the link
-<samp>ntpkey_sign_</samp><kbd>hostname</kbd>
-in the keys directory.
+<span class="file">ntpkey_sign_</span><kbd>hostname</kbd>
+in the keys directory.
If this file is
-not found, the host key is also the sign key.
-</p></dd>
+not found, the host key is also the sign key.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>keys</code> <kbd>keyfile</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the complete path and location of the MD5 key file
+ <br><dt><code>keys</code> <kbd>keyfile</kbd><dd>Specifies the complete path and location of the MD5 key file
containing the keys and key identifiers used by
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>,
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
and
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-when operating with symmetric key cryptography.
+when operating with symmetric key cryptography.
This is the same operation as the
<code>-k</code>
-command line option.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>keysdir</code> <kbd>path</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command specifies the default directory path for
-cryptographic keys, parameters and certificates.
+command line option.
+<br><dt><code>keysdir</code> <kbd>path</kbd><dd>This command specifies the default directory path for
+cryptographic keys, parameters and certificates.
The default is
-<samp>/usr/local/etc/</samp>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>requestkey</code> <kbd>key</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the key identifier to use with the
+<span class="file">/usr/local/etc/</span>.
+<br><dt><code>requestkey</code> <kbd>key</kbd><dd>Specifies the key identifier to use with the
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
utility program, which uses a
proprietary protocol specific to this implementation of
-<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>.
+<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>.
The
<kbd>key</kbd>
argument is a key identifier
for the trusted key, where the value can be in the range 1 to
-65,534, inclusive.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>revoke</code> <kbd>logsec</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the interval between re-randomization of certain
+65,534, inclusive.
+<br><dt><code>revoke</code> <kbd>logsec</kbd><dd>Specifies the interval between re-randomization of certain
cryptographic values used by the Autokey scheme, as a power of 2 in
-seconds.
+seconds.
These values need to be updated frequently in order to
deflect brute-force attacks on the algorithms of the scheme;
-however, updating some values is a relatively expensive operation.
-The default interval is 16 (65,536 s or about 18 hours).
+however, updating some values is a relatively expensive operation.
+The default interval is 16 (65,536 s or about 18 hours).
For poll
intervals above the specified interval, the values will be updated
-for every message sent.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>trustedkey</code> <kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the key identifiers which are trusted for the
+for every message sent.
+<br><dt><code>trustedkey</code> <kbd>key</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd><dd>Specifies the key identifiers which are trusted for the
purposes of authenticating peers with symmetric key cryptography,
as well as keys used by the
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
and
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-programs.
+programs.
The authentication procedures require that both the local
and remote servers share the same key and key identifier for this
purpose, although different keys can be used with different
-servers.
+servers.
The
<kbd>key</kbd>
arguments are 32-bit unsigned
-integers with values from 1 to 65,534.
-</p></dd>
+integers with values from 1 to 65,534.
</dl>
-<a name="Error-Codes"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.2.7 Error Codes</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Error Codes</h5>
+
<p>The following error codes are reported via the NTP control
and monitoring protocol trap mechanism.
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt>101</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad field format or length)
-The packet has invalid version, length or format.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>102</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad timestamp)
-The packet timestamp is the same or older than the most recent received.
-This could be due to a replay or a server clock time step.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>103</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad filestamp)
-The packet filestamp is the same or older than the most recent received.
-This could be due to a replay or a key file generation error.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>104</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad or missing public key)
-The public key is missing, has incorrect format or is an unsupported type.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>105</dt>
-<dd><p>(unsupported digest type)
-The server requires an unsupported digest/signature scheme.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>106</dt>
-<dd><p>(mismatched digest types)
-Not used.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>107</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad signature length)
-The signature length does not match the current public key.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>108</dt>
-<dd><p>(signature not verified)
-The message fails the signature check.
+ <dl>
+<dt>101<dd>(bad field format or length)
+The packet has invalid version, length or format.
+<br><dt>102<dd>(bad timestamp)
+The packet timestamp is the same or older than the most recent received.
+This could be due to a replay or a server clock time step.
+<br><dt>103<dd>(bad filestamp)
+The packet filestamp is the same or older than the most recent received.
+This could be due to a replay or a key file generation error.
+<br><dt>104<dd>(bad or missing public key)
+The public key is missing, has incorrect format or is an unsupported type.
+<br><dt>105<dd>(unsupported digest type)
+The server requires an unsupported digest/signature scheme.
+<br><dt>106<dd>(mismatched digest types)
+Not used.
+<br><dt>107<dd>(bad signature length)
+The signature length does not match the current public key.
+<br><dt>108<dd>(signature not verified)
+The message fails the signature check.
It could be bogus or signed by a
-different private key.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>109</dt>
-<dd><p>(certificate not verified)
-The certificate is invalid or signed with the wrong key.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>110</dt>
-<dd><p>(certificate not verified)
+different private key.
+<br><dt>109<dd>(certificate not verified)
+The certificate is invalid or signed with the wrong key.
+<br><dt>110<dd>(certificate not verified)
The certificate is not yet valid or has expired or the signature could not
-be verified.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>111</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad or missing cookie)
-The cookie is missing, corrupted or bogus.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>112</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad or missing leapseconds table)
-The leapseconds table is missing, corrupted or bogus.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>113</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad or missing certificate)
-The certificate is missing, corrupted or bogus.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>114</dt>
-<dd><p>(bad or missing identity)
-The identity key is missing, corrupt or bogus.
-</p></dd>
+be verified.
+<br><dt>111<dd>(bad or missing cookie)
+The cookie is missing, corrupted or bogus.
+<br><dt>112<dd>(bad or missing leapseconds table)
+The leapseconds table is missing, corrupted or bogus.
+<br><dt>113<dd>(bad or missing certificate)
+The certificate is missing, corrupted or bogus.
+<br><dt>114<dd>(bad or missing identity)
+The identity key is missing, corrupt or bogus.
</dl>
-<hr>
+ <div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="Monitoring-Support"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Access-Control-Support" accesskey="n" rel="next">Access Control Support</a>, Previous: <a href="#Authentication-Support" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Authentication Support</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Monitoring-Support-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.3 Monitoring Support</h4>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">Monitoring Support</h4>
+
<p><code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
includes a comprehensive monitoring facility suitable
for continuous, long term recording of server and client
-timekeeping performance.
+timekeeping performance.
See the
<code>statistics</code>
command below
for a listing and example of each type of statistics currently
-supported.
+supported.
Statistic files are managed using file generation sets
and scripts in the
-<samp>./scripts</samp>
-directory of this distribution.
+<span class="file">./scripts</span>
+directory of this distribution.
Using
these facilities and
-<small>UNIX</small>
+<span class="sc">unix</span>
<code>cron(8)</code>
jobs, the data can be
automatically summarized and archived for retrospective analysis.
-</p><a name="Monitoring-Commands"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.3.1 Monitoring Commands</h4>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>statistics</code> <kbd>name</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables writing of statistics records.
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Monitoring Commands</h5>
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>statistics</code> <kbd>name</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd><dd>Enables writing of statistics records.
Currently, eight kinds of
<kbd>name</kbd>
statistics are supported.
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>clockstats</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables recording of clock driver statistics information.
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>clockstats</code><dd>Enables recording of clock driver statistics information.
Each update
received from a clock driver appends a line of the following form to
the file generation set named
<code>clockstats</code>:
-</p><pre class="verbatim">49213 525.624 127.127.4.1 93 226 00:08:29.606 D
-</pre>
-<p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and time
-(seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
+<pre class="verbatim">
+ 49213 525.624 127.127.4.1 93 226 00:08:29.606 D
+ </pre>
+
+ <p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and time
+(seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
The next field shows the
-clock address in dotted-quad notation.
+clock address in dotted-quad notation.
The final field shows the last
timecode received from the clock in decoded ASCII format, where
-meaningful.
+meaningful.
In some clock drivers a good deal of additional information
-can be gathered and displayed as well.
+can be gathered and displayed as well.
See information specific to each
-clock for further details.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>cryptostats</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This option requires the OpenSSL cryptographic software library.
+clock for further details.
+<br><dt><code>cryptostats</code><dd>This option requires the OpenSSL cryptographic software library.
It
-enables recording of cryptographic public key protocol information.
+enables recording of cryptographic public key protocol information.
Each message received by the protocol module appends a line of the
following form to the file generation set named
<code>cryptostats</code>:
-</p><pre class="verbatim">49213 525.624 127.127.4.1 message
-</pre>
-<p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and time
-(seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
+<pre class="verbatim">
+ 49213 525.624 127.127.4.1 message
+ </pre>
+
+ <p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and time
+(seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
The next field shows the peer
address in dotted-quad notation, The final message field includes the
-message type and certain ancillary information.
+message type and certain ancillary information.
See the
-‘Authentication Options’
-section for further information.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>loopstats</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables recording of loop filter statistics information.
+<a href="#Authentication-Options">Authentication Options</a>
+section for further information.
+<br><dt><code>loopstats</code><dd>Enables recording of loop filter statistics information.
Each
update of the local clock outputs a line of the following form to
the file generation set named
<code>loopstats</code>:
-</p><pre class="verbatim">50935 75440.031 0.000006019 13.778190 0.000351733 0.0133806
-</pre>
-<p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and
-time (seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
+<pre class="verbatim">
+ 50935 75440.031 0.000006019 13.778190 0.000351733 0.0133806
+ </pre>
+
+ <p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and
+time (seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
The next five fields
show time offset (seconds), frequency offset (parts per million -
PPM), RMS jitter (seconds), Allan deviation (PPM) and clock
-discipline time constant.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>peerstats</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables recording of peer statistics information.
+discipline time constant.
+<br><dt><code>peerstats</code><dd>Enables recording of peer statistics information.
This includes
statistics records of all peers of a NTP server and of special
-signals, where present and configured.
+signals, where present and configured.
Each valid update appends a
line of the following form to the current element of a file
generation set named
<code>peerstats</code>:
-</p><pre class="verbatim">48773 10847.650 127.127.4.1 9714 -0.001605376 0.000000000 0.001424877 0.000958674
-</pre>
-<p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and
-time (seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
+<pre class="verbatim">
+ 48773 10847.650 127.127.4.1 9714 -0.001605376 0.000000000 0.001424877 0.000958674
+ </pre>
+
+ <p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and
+time (seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
The next two fields
show the peer address in dotted-quad notation and status,
-respectively.
+respectively.
The status field is encoded in hex in the format
-described in Appendix A of the NTP specification RFC 1305.
+described in Appendix A of the NTP specification RFC 1305.
The final four fields show the offset,
-delay, dispersion and RMS jitter, all in seconds.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>rawstats</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables recording of raw-timestamp statistics information.
+delay, dispersion and RMS jitter, all in seconds.
+<br><dt><code>rawstats</code><dd>Enables recording of raw-timestamp statistics information.
This
includes statistics records of all peers of a NTP server and of
-special signals, where present and configured.
+special signals, where present and configured.
Each NTP message
received from a peer or clock driver appends a line of the
following form to the file generation set named
<code>rawstats</code>:
-</p><pre class="verbatim">50928 2132.543 128.4.1.1 128.4.1.20 3102453281.584327000 3102453281.58622800031 02453332.540806000 3102453332.541458000
-</pre>
-<p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and
-time (seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
+<pre class="verbatim">
+ 50928 2132.543 128.4.1.1 128.4.1.20 3102453281.584327000 3102453281.58622800031 02453332.540806000 3102453332.541458000
+ </pre>
+
+ <p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and
+time (seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
The next two fields
show the remote peer or clock address followed by the local address
-in dotted-quad notation.
+in dotted-quad notation.
The final four fields show the originate,
-receive, transmit and final NTP timestamps in order.
+receive, transmit and final NTP timestamps in order.
The timestamp
values are as received and before processing by the various data
-smoothing and mitigation algorithms.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>sysstats</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables recording of ntpd statistics counters on a periodic basis.
+smoothing and mitigation algorithms.
+<br><dt><code>sysstats</code><dd>Enables recording of ntpd statistics counters on a periodic basis.
Each
hour a line of the following form is appended to the file generation
set named
<code>sysstats</code>:
-</p><pre class="verbatim">50928 2132.543 36000 81965 0 9546 56 71793 512 540 10 147
-</pre>
-<p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and time
-(seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
+<pre class="verbatim">
+ 50928 2132.543 36000 81965 0 9546 56 71793 512 540 10 147
+ </pre>
+
+ <p>The first two fields show the date (Modified Julian Day) and time
+(seconds and fraction past UTC midnight).
The remaining ten fields show
the statistics counter values accumulated since the last generated
line.
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt>Time since restart <code>36000</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Time in hours since the system was last rebooted.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Packets received <code>81965</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Total number of packets received.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Packets processed <code>0</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Number of packets received in response to previous packets sent
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Current version <code>9546</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Number of packets matching the current NTP version.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Previous version <code>56</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Number of packets matching the previous NTP version.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Bad version <code>71793</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Number of packets matching neither NTP version.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Access denied <code>512</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Number of packets denied access for any reason.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Bad length or format <code>540</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Number of packets with invalid length, format or port number.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Bad authentication <code>10</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Number of packets not verified as authentic.
-</p></dd>
-<dt>Rate exceeded <code>147</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Number of packets discarded due to rate limitation.
-</p></dd>
+ <dl>
+<dt>Time since restart <code>36000</code><dd>Time in hours since the system was last rebooted.
+<br><dt>Packets received <code>81965</code><dd>Total number of packets received.
+<br><dt>Packets processed <code>0</code><dd>Number of packets received in response to previous packets sent
+<br><dt>Current version <code>9546</code><dd>Number of packets matching the current NTP version.
+<br><dt>Previous version <code>56</code><dd>Number of packets matching the previous NTP version.
+<br><dt>Bad version <code>71793</code><dd>Number of packets matching neither NTP version.
+<br><dt>Access denied <code>512</code><dd>Number of packets denied access for any reason.
+<br><dt>Bad length or format <code>540</code><dd>Number of packets with invalid length, format or port number.
+<br><dt>Bad authentication <code>10</code><dd>Number of packets not verified as authentic.
+<br><dt>Rate exceeded <code>147</code><dd>Number of packets discarded due to rate limitation.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>statsdir</code> <kbd>directory_path</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Indicates the full path of a directory where statistics files
-should be created (see below).
+ <br><dt><code>statsdir</code> <kbd>directory_path</kbd><dd>Indicates the full path of a directory where statistics files
+should be created (see below).
This keyword allows
the (otherwise constant)
<code>filegen</code>
filename prefix to be modified for file generation sets, which
-is useful for handling statistics logs.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>filegen</code> <kbd>name</kbd> <code>[<code>file</code> <kbd>filename</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>type</code> <kbd>typename</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>link</code> | <code>nolink</code>]</code> <code>[<code>enable</code> | <code>disable</code>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Configures setting of generation file set name.
+is useful for handling statistics logs.
+<br><dt><code>filegen</code> <kbd>name</kbd> <code>[file </code><kbd>filename</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[type </code><kbd>typename</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[link | nolink]</code> <code>[enable | disable]</code><dd>Configures setting of generation file set name.
Generation
file sets provide a means for handling files that are
-continuously growing during the lifetime of a server.
-Server statistics are a typical example for such files.
+continuously growing during the lifetime of a server.
+Server statistics are a typical example for such files.
Generation file sets provide access to a set of files used
-to store the actual data.
+to store the actual data.
At any time at most one element
-of the set is being written to.
+of the set is being written to.
The type given specifies
-when and how data will be directed to a new element of the set.
+when and how data will be directed to a new element of the set.
This way, information stored in elements of a file set
that are currently unused are available for administrational
-operations without the risk of disturbing the operation of ntpd.
+operations without the risk of disturbing the operation of ntpd.
(Most important: they can be removed to free space for new data
produced.)
-</p>
-<p>Note that this command can be sent from the
+
+
<p>Note that this command can be sent from the
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
program running at a remote location.
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>name</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This is the type of the statistics records, as shown in the
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>name</code><dd>This is the type of the statistics records, as shown in the
<code>statistics</code>
-command.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>file</code> <kbd>filename</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This is the file name for the statistics records.
+command.
+<br><dt><code>file</code> <kbd>filename</kbd><dd>This is the file name for the statistics records.
Filenames of set
members are built from three concatenated elements
<code>prefix</code>,
<code>filename</code>
and
<code>suffix</code>:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>prefix</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This is a constant filename path.
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>prefix</code><dd>This is a constant filename path.
It is not subject to
modifications via the
<kbd>filegen</kbd>
-option.
+option.
It is defined by the
-server, usually specified as a compile-time constant.
+server, usually specified as a compile-time constant.
It may,
however, be configurable for individual file generation sets
-via other commands.
+via other commands.
For example, the prefix used with
<kbd>loopstats</kbd>
and
<kbd>peerstats</kbd>
generation can be configured using the
<kbd>statsdir</kbd>
-option explained above.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>filename</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This string is directly concatenated to the prefix mentioned
+option explained above.
+<br><dt><code>filename</code><dd>This string is directly concatenated to the prefix mentioned
above (no intervening
-‘/’).
+/).
This can be modified using
the file argument to the
<kbd>filegen</kbd>
-statement.
+statement.
No
-<samp>..</samp>
+<span class="file">..</span>
elements are
allowed in this component to prevent filenames referring to
parts outside the filesystem hierarchy denoted by
-<kbd>prefix</kbd>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>suffix</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This part is reflects individual elements of a file set.
+<kbd>prefix</kbd>.
+<br><dt><code>suffix</code><dd>This part is reflects individual elements of a file set.
It is
-generated according to the type of a file set.
-</p></dd>
+generated according to the type of a file set.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>type</code> <kbd>typename</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>A file generation set is characterized by its type.
+ <br><dt><code>type</code> <kbd>typename</kbd><dd>A file generation set is characterized by its type.
The following
types are supported:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>none</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The file set is actually a single plain file.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>pid</code></dt>
-<dd><p>One element of file set is used per incarnation of a ntpd
-server.
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>none</code><dd>The file set is actually a single plain file.
+<br><dt><code>pid</code><dd>One element of file set is used per incarnation of a ntpd
+server.
This type does not perform any changes to file set
members during runtime, however it provides an easy way of
separating files belonging to different
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
-server incarnations.
+server incarnations.
The set member filename is built by appending a
-‘.’
+.
to concatenated
<kbd>prefix</kbd>
and
strings, and
appending the decimal representation of the process ID of the
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
-server process.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>day</code></dt>
-<dd><p>One file generation set element is created per day.
+server process.
+<br><dt><code>day</code><dd>One file generation set element is created per day.
A day is
-defined as the period between 00:00 and 24:00 UTC.
+defined as the period between 00:00 and 24:00 UTC.
The file set
member suffix consists of a
-‘.’
+.
and a day specification in
the form
-<code>YYYYMMdd</code>.
+<code>YYYYMMdd</code>.
<code>YYYY</code>
-is a 4-digit year number (e.g., 1992).
+is a 4-digit year number (e.g., 1992).
<code>MM</code>
-is a two digit month number.
+is a two digit month number.
<code>dd</code>
-is a two digit day number.
+is a two digit day number.
Thus, all information written at 10 December 1992 would end up
in a file named
<kbd>prefix</kbd>
-<kbd>filename</kbd>.19921210.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>week</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Any file set member contains data related to a certain week of
-a year.
+<kbd>filename</kbd>.19921210.
+<br><dt><code>week</code><dd>Any file set member contains data related to a certain week of
+a year.
The term week is defined by computing day-of-year
-modulo 7.
+modulo 7.
Elements of such a file generation set are
distinguished by appending the following suffix to the file set
filename base: A dot, a 4-digit year number, the letter
<code>W</code>,
-and a 2-digit week number.
+and a 2-digit week number.
For example, information from January,
10th 1992 would end up in a file with suffix
-.No . Ns Ar 1992W1 .
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>month</code></dt>
-<dd><p>One generation file set element is generated per month.
+.No . Ns Ar 1992W1 .
+<br><dt><code>month</code><dd>One generation file set element is generated per month.
The
file name suffix consists of a dot, a 4-digit year number, and
-a 2-digit month.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>year</code></dt>
-<dd><p>One generation file element is generated per year.
+a 2-digit month.
+<br><dt><code>year</code><dd>One generation file element is generated per year.
The filename
-suffix consists of a dot and a 4 digit year number.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>age</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This type of file generation sets changes to a new element of
-the file set every 24 hours of server operation.
+suffix consists of a dot and a 4 digit year number.
+<br><dt><code>age</code><dd>This type of file generation sets changes to a new element of
+the file set every 24 hours of server operation.
The filename
suffix consists of a dot, the letter
<code>a</code>,
-and an 8-digit number.
+and an 8-digit number.
This number is taken to be the number of seconds the server is
-running at the start of the corresponding 24-hour period.
+running at the start of the corresponding 24-hour period.
Information is only written to a file generation by specifying
<code>enable</code>;
output is prevented by specifying
-<code>disable</code>.
-</p></dd>
+<code>disable</code>.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>link</code> | <code>nolink</code></dt>
-<dd><p>It is convenient to be able to access the current element of a file
-generation set by a fixed name.
+ <br><dt><code>link</code> | <code>nolink</code><dd>It is convenient to be able to access the current element of a file
+generation set by a fixed name.
This feature is enabled by
specifying
<code>link</code>
and disabled using
-<code>nolink</code>.
+<code>nolink</code>.
If link is specified, a
hard link from the current file set element to a file without
-suffix is created.
+suffix is created.
When there is already a file with this name and
the number of links of this file is one, it is renamed appending a
dot, the letter
<code>C</code>,
-and the pid of the ntpd server process.
+and the pid of the ntpd server process.
When the
-number of links is greater than one, the file is unlinked.
+number of links is greater than one, the file is unlinked.
This
-allows the current file to be accessed by a constant name.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>enable</code> <code>|</code> <code>disable</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables or disables the recording function.
-</p></dd>
+allows the current file to be accessed by a constant name.
+<br><dt><code>enable</code> <code>|</code> <code>disable</code><dd>Enables or disables the recording function.
</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-<hr>
+ </dl>
+ </dl>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="Access-Control-Support"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Automatic-NTP-Configuration-Options" accesskey="n" rel="next">Automatic NTP Configuration Options</a>, Previous: <a href="#Monitoring-Support" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Monitoring Support</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Access-Control-Support-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.4 Access Control Support</h4>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">Access Control Support</h4>
+
<p>The
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
daemon implements a general purpose address/mask based restriction
-list.
+list.
The list contains address/match entries sorted first
-by increasing address values and and then by increasing mask values.
+by increasing address values and and then by increasing mask values.
A match occurs when the bitwise AND of the mask and the packet
source address is equal to the bitwise AND of the mask and
-address in the list.
+address in the list.
The list is searched in order with the
last match found defining the restriction flags associated
-with the entry.
+with the entry.
Additional information and examples can be found in the
-"Notes on Configuring NTP and Setting up a NTP Subnet"
+"Notes on Configuring NTP and Setting up a NTP Subnet"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>).
-</p>
-<p>The restriction facility was implemented in conformance
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>).
+
+
<p>The restriction facility was implemented in conformance
with the access policies for the original NSFnet backbone
-time servers.
+time servers.
Later the facility was expanded to deflect
-cryptographic and clogging attacks.
+cryptographic and clogging attacks.
While this facility may
be useful for keeping unwanted or broken or malicious clients
from congesting innocent servers, it should not be considered
-an alternative to the NTP authentication facilities.
+an alternative to the NTP authentication facilities.
Source address based restrictions are easily circumvented
by a determined cracker.
-</p>
-<p>Clients can be denied service because they are explicitly
+
+
<p>Clients can be denied service because they are explicitly
included in the restrict list created by the restrict command
or implicitly as the result of cryptographic or rate limit
-violations.
+violations.
Cryptographic violations include certificate
or identity verification failure; rate limit violations generally
result from defective NTP implementations that send packets
-at abusive rates.
+at abusive rates.
Some violations cause denied service
only for the offending packet, others cause denied service
for a timed period and others cause the denied service for
-an indefinate period.
+an indefinate period.
When a client or network is denied access
for an indefinate period, the only way at present to remove
the restrictions is by restarting the server.
-</p><a name="The-Kiss_002dof_002dDeath-Packet"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.4.1 The Kiss-of-Death Packet</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">The Kiss-of-Death Packet</h5>
+
<p>Ordinarily, packets denied service are simply dropped with no
-further action except incrementing statistics counters.
+further action except incrementing statistics counters.
Sometimes a
more proactive response is needed, such as a server message that
explicitly requests the client to stop sending and leave a message
-for the system operator.
+for the system operator.
A special packet format has been created
-for this purpose called the "kiss-of-death" (KoD) packet.
+for this purpose called the "kiss-of-death" (KoD) packet.
KoD packets have the leap bits set unsynchronized and stratum set
to zero and the reference identifier field set to a four-byte
-ASCII code.
+ASCII code.
If the
<code>noserve</code>
or
<code>notrust</code>
flag of the matching restrict list entry is set,
-the code is "DENY"; if the
+the code is "DENY"; if the
<code>limited</code>
flag is set and the rate limit
-is exceeded, the code is "RATE".
-Finally, if a cryptographic violation occurs, the code is "CRYP".
-</p>
-<p>A client receiving a KoD performs a set of sanity checks to
+is exceeded, the code is "RATE".
+Finally, if a cryptographic violation occurs, the code is "CRYP".
+
+
<p>A client receiving a KoD performs a set of sanity checks to
minimize security exposure, then updates the stratum and
reference identifier peer variables, sets the access
denied (TEST4) bit in the peer flash variable and sends
-a message to the log.
+a message to the log.
As long as the TEST4 bit is set,
-the client will send no further packets to the server.
+the client will send no further packets to the server.
The only way at present to recover from this condition is
-to restart the protocol at both the client and server.
+to restart the protocol at both the client and server.
This
-happens automatically at the client when the association times out.
+happens automatically at the client when the association times out.
It will happen at the server only if the server operator cooperates.
-</p><a name="Access-Control-Commands"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.4.2 Access Control Commands</h4>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>discard</code> <code>[<code>average</code> <kbd>avg</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>minimum</code> <kbd>min</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>monitor</code> <kbd>prob</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Set the parameters of the
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Access Control Commands</h5>
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>discard</code> <code>[average </code><kbd>avg</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[minimum </code><kbd>min</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[monitor </code><kbd>prob</kbd><code>]</code><dd>Set the parameters of the
<code>limited</code>
facility which protects the server from
-client abuse.
+client abuse.
The
<code>average</code>
subcommand specifies the minimum average packet
spacing, while the
<code>minimum</code>
-subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing.
+subcommand specifies the minimum packet spacing.
Packets that violate these minima are discarded
-and a kiss-o’-death packet returned if enabled.
+and a kiss-o'-death packet returned if enabled.
The default
-minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively.
+minimum average and minimum are 5 and 2, respectively.
The monitor subcommand specifies the probability of discard
-for packets that overflow the rate-control window.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>restrict</code> <code>address</code> <code>[<code>mask</code> <kbd>mask</kbd>]</code> <code>[<kbd>flag</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The
+for packets that overflow the rate-control window.
+<br><dt><code>restrict</code> <code>address</code> <code>[mask </code><kbd>mask</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[</code><kbd>flag</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd><code>]</code><dd>The
<kbd>address</kbd>
argument expressed in
-dotted-quad form is the address of a host or network.
+dotted-quad form is the address of a host or network.
Alternatively, the
<kbd>address</kbd>
-argument can be a valid host DNS name.
+argument can be a valid host DNS name.
The
<kbd>mask</kbd>
argument expressed in dotted-quad form defaults to
<code>255.255.255.255</code>,
meaning that the
<kbd>address</kbd>
-is treated as the address of an individual host.
+is treated as the address of an individual host.
A default entry (address
<code>0.0.0.0</code>,
mask
<code>0.0.0.0</code>)
-is always included and is always the first entry in the list.
+is always included and is always the first entry in the list.
Note that text string
<code>default</code>,
with no mask option, may
-be used to indicate the default entry.
+be used to indicate the default entry.
In the current implementation,
<code>flag</code>
always
restricts access, i.e., an entry with no flags indicates that free
-access to the server is to be given.
+access to the server is to be given.
The flags are not orthogonal,
in that more restrictive flags will often make less restrictive
-ones redundant.
+ones redundant.
The flags can generally be classed into two
categories, those which restrict time service and those which
restrict informational queries and attempts to do run-time
-reconfiguration of the server.
+reconfiguration of the server.
One or more of the following flags
may be specified:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>ignore</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Deny packets of all kinds, including
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>ignore</code><dd>Deny packets of all kinds, including
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
and
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-queries.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>kod</code></dt>
-<dd><p>If this flag is set when an access violation occurs, a kiss-o’-death
-(KoD) packet is sent.
+queries.
+<br><dt><code>kod</code><dd>If this flag is set when an access violation occurs, a kiss-o'-death
+(KoD) packet is sent.
KoD packets are rate limited to no more than one
-per second.
+per second.
If another KoD packet occurs within one second after the
-last one, the packet is dropped.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>limited</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Deny service if the packet spacing violates the lower limits specified
-in the discard command.
+last one, the packet is dropped.
+<br><dt><code>limited</code><dd>Deny service if the packet spacing violates the lower limits specified
+in the discard command.
A history of clients is kept using the
monitoring capability of
-<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>.
+<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>.
Thus, monitoring is always active as
long as there is a restriction entry with the
<code>limited</code>
-flag.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>lowpriotrap</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Declare traps set by matching hosts to be low priority.
+flag.
+<br><dt><code>lowpriotrap</code><dd>Declare traps set by matching hosts to be low priority.
The
number of traps a server can maintain is limited (the current limit
-is 3).
+is 3).
Traps are usually assigned on a first come, first served
-basis, with later trap requestors being denied service.
+basis, with later trap requestors being denied service.
This flag
modifies the assignment algorithm by allowing low priority traps to
-be overridden by later requests for normal priority traps.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>nomodify</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Deny
+be overridden by later requests for normal priority traps.
+<br><dt><code>nomodify</code><dd>Deny
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
and
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
queries which attempt to modify the state of the
-server (i.e., run time reconfiguration).
+server (i.e., run time reconfiguration).
Queries which return
-information are permitted.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>noquery</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Deny
+information are permitted.
+<br><dt><code>noquery</code><dd>Deny
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
and
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-queries.
-Time service is not affected.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>nopeer</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Deny packets which would result in mobilizing a new association.
+queries.
+Time service is not affected.
+<br><dt><code>nopeer</code><dd>Deny packets which would result in mobilizing a new association.
This
includes broadcast and symmetric active packets when a configured
-association does not exist.
+association does not exist.
It also includes
<code>pool</code>
-associations, so if you want to use servers from a
+associations, so if you want to use servers from a
<code>pool</code>
directive and also want to use
<code>nopeer</code>
-by default, you’ll want a
+by default, you'll want a
<code>restrict source ...</code> <code>line</code> <code>as</code> <code>well</code> <code>that</code> <code>does</code>
-</p></dd>
-<dt>not</dt>
-<dd><p>include the
+<br><dt>not<dd>include the
<code>nopeer</code>
-directive.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>noserve</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Deny all packets except
+directive.
+<br><dt><code>noserve</code><dd>Deny all packets except
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
and
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-queries.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>notrap</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Decline to provide mode 6 control message trap service to matching
-hosts.
+queries.
+<br><dt><code>notrap</code><dd>Decline to provide mode 6 control message trap service to matching
+hosts.
The trap service is a subsystem of the ntpdq control message
-protocol which is intended for use by remote event logging programs.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>notrust</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Deny service unless the packet is cryptographically authenticated.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>ntpport</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This is actually a match algorithm modifier, rather than a
-restriction flag.
+protocol which is intended for use by remote event logging programs.
+<br><dt><code>notrust</code><dd>Deny service unless the packet is cryptographically authenticated.
+<br><dt><code>ntpport</code><dd>This is actually a match algorithm modifier, rather than a
+restriction flag.
Its presence causes the restriction entry to be
matched only if the source port in the packet is the standard NTP
-UDP port (123).
+UDP port (123).
Both
<code>ntpport</code>
and
<code>non-ntpport</code>
may
-be specified.
+be specified.
The
<code>ntpport</code>
is considered more specific and
-is sorted later in the list.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>version</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Deny packets that do not match the current NTP version.
-</p></dd>
+is sorted later in the list.
+<br><dt><code>version</code><dd>Deny packets that do not match the current NTP version.
</dl>
-<p>Default restriction list entries with the flags ignore, interface,
-ntpport, for each of the local host’s interface addresses are
+
<p>Default restriction list entries with the flags ignore, interface,
+ntpport, for each of the local host's interface addresses are
inserted into the table at startup to prevent the server
-from attempting to synchronize to its own time.
+from attempting to synchronize to its own time.
A default entry is also always present, though if it is
otherwise unconfigured; no flags are associated
with the default entry (i.e., everything besides your own
-NTP server is unrestricted).
-</p></dd>
+NTP server is unrestricted).
</dl>
-<hr>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="Automatic-NTP-Configuration-Options"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Reference-Clock-Support" accesskey="n" rel="next">Reference Clock Support</a>, Previous: <a href="#Access-Control-Support" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Access Control Support</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Automatic-NTP-Configuration-Options-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.5 Automatic NTP Configuration Options</h4>
-<a name="Manycasting"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.5.1 Manycasting</h4>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">Automatic NTP Configuration Options</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Manycasting</h5>
+
<p>Manycasting is a automatic discovery and configuration paradigm
-new to NTPv4.
+new to NTPv4.
It is intended as a means for a multicast client
to troll the nearby network neighborhood to find cooperating
manycast servers, validate them using cryptographic means
and evaluate their time values with respect to other servers
-that might be lurking in the vicinity.
+that might be lurking in the vicinity.
The intended result is that each manycast client mobilizes
-client associations with some number of the "best"
+client associations with some number of the "best"
of the nearby manycast servers, yet automatically reconfigures
to sustain this number of servers should one or another fail.
-</p>
-<p>Note that the manycasting paradigm does not coincide
+
+
<p>Note that the manycasting paradigm does not coincide
with the anycast paradigm described in RFC-1546,
which is designed to find a single server from a clique
-of servers providing the same service.
+of servers providing the same service.
The manycast paradigm is designed to find a plurality
of redundant servers satisfying defined optimality criteria.
-</p>
-<p>Manycasting can be used with either symmetric key
-or public key cryptography.
+
+
<p>Manycasting can be used with either symmetric key
+or public key cryptography.
The public key infrastructure (PKI)
offers the best protection against compromised keys
and is generally considered stronger, at least with relatively
-large key sizes.
+large key sizes.
It is implemented using the Autokey protocol and
the OpenSSL cryptographic library available from
-<code>http://www.openssl.org/</code>.
+<code>http://www.openssl.org/</code>.
The library can also be used with other NTPv4 modes
as well and is highly recommended, especially for broadcast modes.
-</p>
-<p>A persistent manycast client association is configured
+
+
<p>A persistent manycast client association is configured
using the manycastclient command, which is similar to the
server command but with a multicast (IPv4 class
<code>D</code>
or IPv6 prefix
<code>FF</code>)
-group address.
+group address.
The IANA has designated IPv4 address 224.1.1.1
-and IPv6 address FF05::101 (site local) for NTP.
+and IPv6 address FF05::101 (site local) for NTP.
When more servers are needed, it broadcasts manycast
client messages to this address at the minimum feasible rate
and minimum feasible time-to-live (TTL) hops, depending
-on how many servers have already been found.
+on how many servers have already been found.
There can be as many manycast client associations
as different group address, each one serving as a template
for a future ephemeral unicast client/server association.
-</p>
-<p>Manycast servers configured with the
+
+
<p>Manycast servers configured with the
<code>manycastserver</code>
command listen on the specified group address for manycast
-client messages.
+client messages.
Note the distinction between manycast client,
which actively broadcasts messages, and manycast server,
-which passively responds to them.
+which passively responds to them.
If a manycast server is
in scope of the current TTL and is itself synchronized
to a valid source and operating at a stratum level equal
to or lower than the manycast client, it replies to the
manycast client message with an ordinary unicast server message.
-</p>
-<p>The manycast client receiving this message mobilizes
+
+
<p>The manycast client receiving this message mobilizes
an ephemeral client/server association according to the
matching manycast client template, but only if cryptographically
authenticated and the server stratum is less than or equal
-to the client stratum.
+to the client stratum.
Authentication is explicitly required
-and either symmetric key or public key (Autokey) can be used.
+and either symmetric key or public key (Autokey) can be used.
Then, the client polls the server at its unicast address
in burst mode in order to reliably set the host clock
-and validate the source.
+and validate the source.
This normally results
in a volley of eight client/server at 2-s intervals
during which both the synchronization and cryptographic
-protocols run concurrently.
+protocols run concurrently.
Following the volley,
the client runs the NTP intersection and clustering
-algorithms, which act to discard all but the "best"
+algorithms, which act to discard all but the "best"
associations according to stratum and synchronization
-distance.
+distance.
The surviving associations then continue
in ordinary client/server mode.
-</p>
-<p>The manycast client polling strategy is designed to reduce
+
+
<p>The manycast client polling strategy is designed to reduce
as much as possible the volume of manycast client messages
and the effects of implosion due to near-simultaneous
-arrival of manycast server messages.
+arrival of manycast server messages.
The strategy is determined by the
<code>manycastclient</code>,
<code>tos</code>
and
<code>ttl</code>
-configuration commands.
+configuration commands.
The manycast poll interval is
normally eight times the system poll interval,
which starts out at the
<code>manycastclient</code>,
command and, under normal circumstances, increments to the
<code>maxpolll</code>
-value specified in this command.
+value specified in this command.
Initially, the TTL is
-set at the minimum hops specified by the ttl command.
+set at the minimum hops specified by the ttl command.
At each retransmission the TTL is increased until reaching
the maximum hops specified by this command or a sufficient
-number client associations have been found.
+number client associations have been found.
Further retransmissions use the same TTL.
-</p>
-<p>The quality and reliability of the suite of associations
+
+
<p>The quality and reliability of the suite of associations
discovered by the manycast client is determined by the NTP
mitigation algorithms and the
<code>minclock</code>
<code>minsane</code>
values specified in the
<code>tos</code>
-configuration command.
+configuration command.
At least
<code>minsane</code>
candidate servers must be available and the mitigation
algorithms produce at least
<code>minclock</code>
-survivors in order to synchronize the clock.
+survivors in order to synchronize the clock.
Byzantine agreement principles require at least four
-candidates in order to correctly discard a single falseticker.
+candidates in order to correctly discard a single falseticker.
For legacy purposes,
<code>minsane</code>
defaults to 1 and
<code>minclock</code>
-defaults to 3.
+defaults to 3.
For manycast service
<code>minsane</code>
should be explicitly set to 4, assuming at least that
number of servers are available.
-</p>
-<p>If at least
+
<code>minclock</code>
servers are found, the manycast poll interval is immediately
set to eight times
-<code>maxpoll</code>.
+<code>maxpoll</code>.
If less than
<code>minclock</code>
servers are found when the TTL has reached the maximum hops,
-the manycast poll interval is doubled.
+the manycast poll interval is doubled.
For each transmission
after that, the poll interval is doubled again until
reaching the maximum of eight times
-<code>maxpoll</code>.
+<code>maxpoll</code>.
Further transmissions use the same poll interval and
-TTL values.
+TTL values.
Note that while all this is going on,
each client/server association found is operating normally
it the system poll interval.
-</p>
-<p>Administratively scoped multicast boundaries are normally
+
+
<p>Administratively scoped multicast boundaries are normally
specified by the network router configuration and,
-in the case of IPv6, the link/site scope prefix.
+in the case of IPv6, the link/site scope prefix.
By default, the increment for TTL hops is 32 starting
from 31; however, the
<code>ttl</code>
configuration command can be
used to modify the values to match the scope rules.
-</p>
-<p>It is often useful to narrow the range of acceptable
-servers which can be found by manycast client associations.
+
+
<p>It is often useful to narrow the range of acceptable
+servers which can be found by manycast client associations.
Because manycast servers respond only when the client
stratum is equal to or greater than the server stratum,
primary (stratum 1) servers fill find only primary servers
-in TTL range, which is probably the most common objective.
+in TTL range, which is probably the most common objective.
However, unless configured otherwise, all manycast clients
in TTL range will eventually find all primary servers
in TTL range, which is probably not the most common
-objective in large networks.
+objective in large networks.
The
<code>tos</code>
-command can be used to modify this behavior.
+command can be used to modify this behavior.
Servers with stratum below
<code>floor</code>
or above
accepted if the number of servers within TTL range is
less than
<code>minclock</code>.
-</p>
-<p>The above actions occur for each manycast client message,
-which repeats at the designated poll interval.
+
+
<p>The above actions occur for each manycast client message,
+which repeats at the designated poll interval.
However, once the ephemeral client association is mobilized,
subsequent manycast server replies are discarded,
-since that would result in a duplicate association.
+since that would result in a duplicate association.
If during a poll interval the number of client associations
falls below
<code>minclock</code>,
all manycast client prototype associations are reset
to the initial poll interval and TTL hops and operation
-resumes from the beginning.
+resumes from the beginning.
It is important to avoid
frequent manycast client messages, since each one requires
-all manycast servers in TTL range to respond.
+all manycast servers in TTL range to respond.
The result could well be an implosion, either minor or major,
-depending on the number of servers in range.
+depending on the number of servers in range.
The recommended value for
<code>maxpoll</code>
is 12 (4,096 s).
-</p>
-<p>It is possible and frequently useful to configure a host
-as both manycast client and manycast server.
+
+
<p>It is possible and frequently useful to configure a host
+as both manycast client and manycast server.
A number of hosts configured this way and sharing a common
group address will automatically organize themselves
in an optimum configuration based on stratum and
-synchronization distance.
+synchronization distance.
For example, consider an NTP
subnet of two primary servers and a hundred or more
-dependent clients.
+dependent clients.
With two exceptions, all servers
and clients have identical configuration files including both
<code>multicastclient</code>
and
<code>multicastserver</code>
commands using, for instance, multicast group address
-239.1.1.1.
+239.1.1.1.
The only exception is that each primary server
configuration file must include commands for the primary
reference source such as a GPS receiver.
-</p>
-<p>The remaining configuration files for all secondary
+
+
<p>The remaining configuration files for all secondary
servers and clients have the same contents, except for the
<code>tos</code>
-command, which is specific for each stratum level.
+command, which is specific for each stratum level.
For stratum 1 and stratum 2 servers, that command is
-not necessary.
+not necessary.
For stratum 3 and above servers the
<code>floor</code>
-value is set to the intended stratum number.
+value is set to the intended stratum number.
Thus, all stratum 3 configuration files are identical,
all stratum 4 files are identical and so forth.
-</p>
-<p>Once operations have stabilized in this scenario,
+
+
<p>Once operations have stabilized in this scenario,
the primary servers will find the primary reference source
and each other, since they both operate at the same
stratum (1), but not with any secondary server or client,
-since these operate at a higher stratum.
+since these operate at a higher stratum.
The secondary
-servers will find the servers at the same stratum level.
+servers will find the servers at the same stratum level.
If one of the primary servers loses its GPS receiver,
it will continue to operate as a client and other clients
will time out the corresponding association and
re-associate accordingly.
-</p>
-<p>Some administrators prefer to avoid running
+
+
<p>Some administrators prefer to avoid running
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
continuously and run either
-<code>ntpdate(8)</code>
+<code>sntp(1sntpmdoc)</code>
or
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
<code>-q</code>
-as a cron job.
+as a cron job.
In either case the servers must be
configured in advance and the program fails if none are
-available when the cron job runs.
+available when the cron job runs.
A really slick
application of manycast is with
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
-<code>-q</code>.
+<code>-q</code>.
The program wakes up, scans the local landscape looking
for the usual suspects, selects the best from among
-the rascals, sets the clock and then departs.
+the rascals, sets the clock and then departs.
Servers do not have to be configured in advance and
all clients throughout the network can have the same
configuration file.
-</p><a name="Manycast-Interactions-with-Autokey"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.5.2 Manycast Interactions with Autokey</h4>
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Manycast Interactions with Autokey</h5>
+
<p>Each time a manycast client sends a client mode packet
to a multicast group address, all manycast servers
in scope generate a reply including the host name
-and status word.
+and status word.
The manycast clients then run
the Autokey protocol, which collects and verifies
-all certificates involved.
+all certificates involved.
Following the burst interval
all but three survivors are cast off,
-but the certificates remain in the local cache.
+but the certificates remain in the local cache.
It often happens that several complete signing trails
from the client to the primary servers are collected in this way.
-</p>
-<p>About once an hour or less often if the poll interval
-exceeds this, the client regenerates the Autokey key list.
-This is in general transparent in client/server mode.
+
+
<p>About once an hour or less often if the poll interval
+exceeds this, the client regenerates the Autokey key list.
+This is in general transparent in client/server mode.
However, about once per day the server private value
used to generate cookies is refreshed along with all
-manycast client associations.
+manycast client associations.
In this case all
-cryptographic values including certificates is refreshed.
+cryptographic values including certificates is refreshed.
If a new certificate has been generated since
the last refresh epoch, it will automatically revoke
all prior certificates that happen to be in the
-certificate cache.
+certificate cache.
At the same time, the manycast
scheme starts all over from the beginning and
the expanding ring shrinks to the minimum and increments
from there while collecting all servers in scope.
-</p><a name="Manycast-Options"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.5.3 Manycast Options</h4>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>tos</code> <code>[<code>ceiling</code> <kbd>ceiling</kbd> | <code>cohort</code> <code>{</code> <code>0</code> | <code>1</code> <code>}</code> | <code>floor</code> <kbd>floor</kbd> | <code>minclock</code> <kbd>minclock</kbd> | <code>minsane</code> <kbd>minsane</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This command affects the clock selection and clustering
-algorithms.
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Manycast Options</h5>
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>tos</code> <code>[ceiling </code><kbd>ceiling</kbd><code> | cohort { 0 | 1 } | floor </code><kbd>floor</kbd><code> | minclock </code><kbd>minclock</kbd><code> | minsane </code><kbd>minsane</kbd><code>]</code><dd>This command affects the clock selection and clustering
+algorithms.
It can be used to select the quality and
quantity of peers used to synchronize the system clock
-and is most useful in manycast mode.
+and is most useful in manycast mode.
The variables operate
as follows:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>ceiling</code> <kbd>ceiling</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Peers with strata above
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>ceiling</code> <kbd>ceiling</kbd><dd>Peers with strata above
<code>ceiling</code>
will be discarded if there are at least
<code>minclock</code>
-peers remaining.
+peers remaining.
This value defaults to 15, but can be changed
-to any number from 1 to 15.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>cohort</code> <code>{0 | 1}</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This is a binary flag which enables (0) or disables (1)
+to any number from 1 to 15.
+<br><dt><code>cohort</code> <code>{0 | 1}</code><dd>This is a binary flag which enables (0) or disables (1)
manycast server replies to manycast clients with the same
-stratum level.
+stratum level.
This is useful to reduce implosions where
large numbers of clients with the same stratum level
-are present.
-The default is to enable these replies.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>floor</code> <kbd>floor</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Peers with strata below
+are present.
+The default is to enable these replies.
+<br><dt><code>floor</code> <kbd>floor</kbd><dd>Peers with strata below
<code>floor</code>
will be discarded if there are at least
<code>minclock</code>
-peers remaining.
+peers remaining.
This value defaults to 1, but can be changed
-to any number from 1 to 15.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>minclock</code> <kbd>minclock</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The clustering algorithm repeatedly casts out outlier
+to any number from 1 to 15.
+<br><dt><code>minclock</code> <kbd>minclock</kbd><dd>The clustering algorithm repeatedly casts out outlier
associations until no more than
<code>minclock</code>
-associations remain.
+associations remain.
This value defaults to 3,
but can be changed to any number from 1 to the number of
-configured sources.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>minsane</code> <kbd>minsane</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This is the minimum number of candidates available
+configured sources.
+<br><dt><code>minsane</code> <kbd>minsane</kbd><dd>This is the minimum number of candidates available
to the clock selection algorithm in order to produce
-one or more truechimers for the clustering algorithm.
+one or more truechimers for the clustering algorithm.
If fewer than this number are available, the clock is
-undisciplined and allowed to run free.
+undisciplined and allowed to run free.
The default is 1
-for legacy purposes.
+for legacy purposes.
However, according to principles of
Byzantine agreement,
<code>minsane</code>
should be at least 4 in order to detect and discard
-a single falseticker.
-</p></dd>
+a single falseticker.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>ttl</code> <kbd>hop</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command specifies a list of TTL values in increasing
-order, up to 8 values can be specified.
+ <br><dt><code>ttl</code> <kbd>hop</kbd> <kbd>...</kbd><dd>This command specifies a list of TTL values in increasing
+order, up to 8 values can be specified.
In manycast mode these values are used in turn
-in an expanding-ring search.
+in an expanding-ring search.
The default is eight
-multiples of 32 starting at 31.
-</p></dd>
+multiples of 32 starting at 31.
</dl>
-<hr>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="Reference-Clock-Support"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#Miscellaneous-Options" accesskey="n" rel="next">Miscellaneous Options</a>, Previous: <a href="#Automatic-NTP-Configuration-Options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Automatic NTP Configuration Options</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Reference-Clock-Support-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.6 Reference Clock Support</h4>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">Reference Clock Support</h4>
+
<p>The NTP Version 4 daemon supports some three dozen different radio,
satellite and modem reference clocks plus a special pseudo-clock
-used for backup or when no other clock source is available.
+used for backup or when no other clock source is available.
Detailed descriptions of individual device drivers and options can
be found in the
-"Reference Clock Drivers"
+"Reference Clock Drivers"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>).
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>).
Additional information can be found in the pages linked
there, including the
-"Debugging Hints for Reference Clock Drivers"
+"Debugging Hints for Reference Clock Drivers"
and
-"How To Write a Reference Clock Driver"
+"How To Write a Reference Clock Driver"
pages
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>).
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>).
In addition, support for a PPS
signal is available as described in the
-"Pulse-per-second (PPS) Signal Interfacing"
+"Pulse-per-second (PPS) Signal Interfacing"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>).
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>).
Many
drivers support special line discipline/streams modules which can
-significantly improve the accuracy using the driver.
+significantly improve the accuracy using the driver.
These are
described in the
-"Line Disciplines and Streams Drivers"
+"Line Disciplines and Streams Drivers"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>).
-</p>
-<p>A reference clock will generally (though not always) be a radio
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>).
+
+
<p>A reference clock will generally (though not always) be a radio
timecode receiver which is synchronized to a source of standard
time such as the services offered by the NRC in Canada and NIST and
-USNO in the US.
+USNO in the US.
The interface between the computer and the timecode
-receiver is device dependent, but is usually a serial port.
+receiver is device dependent, but is usually a serial port.
A
device driver specific to each reference clock must be selected and
compiled in the distribution; however, most common radio, satellite
-and modem clocks are included by default.
+and modem clocks are included by default.
Note that an attempt to
configure a reference clock when the driver has not been compiled
or the hardware port has not been appropriately configured results
in a scalding remark to the system log file, but is otherwise non
hazardous.
-</p>
-<p>For the purposes of configuration,
+
+
<p>For the purposes of configuration,
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
treats
reference clocks in a manner analogous to normal NTP peers as much
-as possible.
+as possible.
Reference clocks are identified by a syntactically
correct but invalid IP address, in order to distinguish them from
-normal NTP peers.
+normal NTP peers.
Reference clock addresses are of the form
<code>127.127.</code><kbd>t</kbd>.<kbd>u</kbd>,
where
denoting the clock type and
<kbd>u</kbd>
indicates the unit
-number in the range 0-3.
+number in the range 0-3.
While it may seem overkill, it is in fact
sometimes useful to configure multiple reference clocks of the same
type, in which case the unit numbers must be unique.
-</p>
-<p>The
+
<code>server</code>
command is used to configure a reference
clock, where the
<kbd>address</kbd>
argument in that command
-is the clock address.
+is the clock address.
The
<code>key</code>,
<code>version</code>
and
<code>ttl</code>
-options are not used for reference clock support.
+options are not used for reference clock support.
The
<code>mode</code>
option is added for reference clock support, as
-described below.
+described below.
The
<code>prefer</code>
option can be useful to
persuade the server to cherish a reference clock with somewhat more
-enthusiasm than other reference clocks or peers.
+enthusiasm than other reference clocks or peers.
Further
information on this option can be found in the
-"Mitigation Rules and the prefer Keyword"
+"Mitigation Rules and the prefer Keyword"
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>)
-page.
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>)
+page.
The
<code>minpoll</code>
and
<code>maxpoll</code>
options have
-meaning only for selected clock drivers.
+meaning only for selected clock drivers.
See the individual clock
driver document pages for additional information.
-</p>
-<p>The
+
<code>fudge</code>
command is used to provide additional
information for individual clock drivers and normally follows
immediately after the
<code>server</code>
-command.
+command.
The
<kbd>address</kbd>
-argument specifies the clock address.
+argument specifies the clock address.
The
<code>refid</code>
and
<code>stratum</code>
options can be used to
-override the defaults for the device.
+override the defaults for the device.
There are two optional
device-dependent time offsets and four flags that can be included
in the
<code>fudge</code>
command as well.
-</p>
-<p>The stratum number of a reference clock is by default zero.
+
+ <p>The stratum number of a reference clock is by default zero.
Since the
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
daemon adds one to the stratum of each
peer, a primary server ordinarily displays an external stratum of
-one.
+one.
In order to provide engineered backups, it is often useful to
-specify the reference clock stratum as greater than zero.
+specify the reference clock stratum as greater than zero.
The
<code>stratum</code>
-option is used for this purpose.
+option is used for this purpose.
Also, in cases
involving both a reference clock and a pulse-per-second (PPS)
discipline signal, it is useful to specify the reference clock
-identifier as other than the default, depending on the driver.
+identifier as other than the default, depending on the driver.
The
<code>refid</code>
-option is used for this purpose.
+option is used for this purpose.
Except where noted,
these options apply to all clock drivers.
-</p><a name="Reference-Clock-Commands"></a>
-<h4 class="subsubsection">1.1.6.1 Reference Clock Commands</h4>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>server</code> <code>127.127.</code><kbd>t</kbd>.<kbd>u</kbd> <code>[<code>prefer</code>]</code> <code>[<code>mode</code> <kbd>int</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>minpoll</code> <kbd>int</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>int</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This command can be used to configure reference clocks in
-special ways.
+
+<h5 class="subsubsection">Reference Clock Commands</h5>
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>server</code> <code>127.127.</code><kbd>t</kbd>.<kbd>u</kbd> <code>[prefer]</code> <code>[mode </code><kbd>int</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[minpoll </code><kbd>int</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[maxpoll </code><kbd>int</kbd><code>]</code><dd>This command can be used to configure reference clocks in
+special ways.
The options are interpreted as follows:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>prefer</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Marks the reference clock as preferred.
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>prefer</code><dd>Marks the reference clock as preferred.
All other things being
equal, this host will be chosen for synchronization among a set of
-correctly operating hosts.
+correctly operating hosts.
See the
-"Mitigation Rules and the prefer Keyword"
+"Mitigation Rules and the prefer Keyword"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>)
-for further information.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>mode</code> <kbd>int</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies a mode number which is interpreted in a
-device-specific fashion.
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>)
+for further information.
+<br><dt><code>mode</code> <kbd>int</kbd><dd>Specifies a mode number which is interpreted in a
+device-specific fashion.
For instance, it selects a dialing
protocol in the ACTS driver and a device subtype in the
parse
-drivers.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>minpoll</code> <kbd>int</kbd></dt>
-<dt><code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>int</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>These options specify the minimum and maximum polling interval
+drivers.
+<br><dt><code>minpoll</code> <kbd>int</kbd><br><dt><code>maxpoll</code> <kbd>int</kbd><dd>These options specify the minimum and maximum polling interval
for reference clock messages, as a power of 2 in seconds
For
most directly connected reference clocks, both
<code>minpoll</code>
and
<code>maxpoll</code>
-default to 6 (64 s).
+default to 6 (64 s).
For modem reference clocks,
<code>minpoll</code>
defaults to 10 (17.1 m) and
<code>maxpoll</code>
-defaults to 14 (4.5 h).
-The allowable range is 4 (16 s) to 17 (36.4 h) inclusive.
-</p></dd>
+defaults to 14 (4.5 h).
+The allowable range is 4 (16 s) to 17 (36.4 h) inclusive.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>fudge</code> <code>127.127.</code><kbd>t</kbd>.<kbd>u</kbd> <code>[<code>time1</code> <kbd>sec</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>time2</code> <kbd>sec</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>stratum</code> <kbd>int</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>refid</code> <kbd>string</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>mode</code> <kbd>int</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>flag1</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code>]</code> <code>[<code>flag2</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code>]</code> <code>[<code>flag3</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code>]</code> <code>[<code>flag4</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This command can be used to configure reference clocks in
-special ways.
+ <br><dt><code>fudge</code> <code>127.127.</code><kbd>t</kbd>.<kbd>u</kbd> <code>[time1 </code><kbd>sec</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[time2 </code><kbd>sec</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[stratum </code><kbd>int</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[refid </code><kbd>string</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[mode </code><kbd>int</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[flag1 0 | 1]</code> <code>[flag2 0 | 1]</code> <code>[flag3 0 | 1]</code> <code>[flag4 0 | 1]</code><dd>This command can be used to configure reference clocks in
+special ways.
It must immediately follow the
<code>server</code>
-command which configures the driver.
+command which configures the driver.
Note that the same capability
is possible at run time using the
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-program.
+program.
The options are interpreted as
follows:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>time1</code> <kbd>sec</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies a constant to be added to the time offset produced by
-the driver, a fixed-point decimal number in seconds.
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>time1</code> <kbd>sec</kbd><dd>Specifies a constant to be added to the time offset produced by
+the driver, a fixed-point decimal number in seconds.
This is used
as a calibration constant to adjust the nominal time offset of a
particular clock to agree with an external standard, such as a
-precision PPS signal.
+precision PPS signal.
It also provides a way to correct a
systematic error or bias due to serial port or operating system
-latencies, different cable lengths or receiver internal delay.
+latencies, different cable lengths or receiver internal delay.
The
specified offset is in addition to the propagation delay provided
-by other means, such as internal DIPswitches.
+by other means, such as internal DIPswitches.
Where a calibration
for an individual system and driver is available, an approximate
-correction is noted in the driver documentation pages.
+correction is noted in the driver documentation pages.
Note: in order to facilitate calibration when more than one
radio clock or PPS signal is supported, a special calibration
-feature is available.
+feature is available.
It takes the form of an argument to the
<code>enable</code>
command described in
<a href="#Miscellaneous-Options">Miscellaneous Options</a>
page and operates as described in the
-"Reference Clock Drivers"
+"Reference Clock Drivers"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>).
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>time2</code> <kbd>secs</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies a fixed-point decimal number in seconds, which is
-interpreted in a driver-dependent way.
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>).
+<br><dt><code>time2</code> <kbd>secs</kbd><dd>Specifies a fixed-point decimal number in seconds, which is
+interpreted in a driver-dependent way.
See the descriptions of
specific drivers in the
-"Reference Clock Drivers"
+"Reference Clock Drivers"
page
(available as part of the HTML documentation
provided in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>).
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>stratum</code> <kbd>int</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the stratum number assigned to the driver, an integer
-between 0 and 15.
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>).
+<br><dt><code>stratum</code> <kbd>int</kbd><dd>Specifies the stratum number assigned to the driver, an integer
+between 0 and 15.
This number overrides the default stratum number
-ordinarily assigned by the driver itself, usually zero.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>refid</code> <kbd>string</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies an ASCII string of from one to four characters which
-defines the reference identifier used by the driver.
+ordinarily assigned by the driver itself, usually zero.
+<br><dt><code>refid</code> <kbd>string</kbd><dd>Specifies an ASCII string of from one to four characters which
+defines the reference identifier used by the driver.
This string
overrides the default identifier ordinarily assigned by the driver
-itself.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>mode</code> <kbd>int</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies a mode number which is interpreted in a
-device-specific fashion.
+itself.
+<br><dt><code>mode</code> <kbd>int</kbd><dd>Specifies a mode number which is interpreted in a
+device-specific fashion.
For instance, it selects a dialing
protocol in the ACTS driver and a device subtype in the
parse
-drivers.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>flag1</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code></dt>
-<dt><code>flag2</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code></dt>
-<dt><code>flag3</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code></dt>
-<dt><code>flag4</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code></dt>
-<dd><p>These four flags are used for customizing the clock driver.
+drivers.
+<br><dt><code>flag1</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code><br><dt><code>flag2</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code><br><dt><code>flag3</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code><br><dt><code>flag4</code> <code>0</code> <code>|</code> <code>1</code><dd>These four flags are used for customizing the clock driver.
The
interpretation of these values, and whether they are used at all,
-is a function of the particular clock driver.
+is a function of the particular clock driver.
However, by
convention
<code>flag4</code>
<code>clockstats</code>
file configured with the
<code>filegen</code>
-command.
+command.
Further information on the
<code>filegen</code>
command can be found in
-‘Monitoring Options’.
-</p></dd>
+<a href="#Monitoring-Options">Monitoring Options</a>.
</dl>
-</dd>
-</dl>
-<hr>
+ </dl>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="Miscellaneous-Options"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Files" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntp.conf Files</a>, Previous: <a href="#Reference-Clock-Support" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Reference Clock Support</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="Miscellaneous-Options-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.7 Miscellaneous Options</h4>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>broadcastdelay</code> <kbd>seconds</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The broadcast and multicast modes require a special calibration
+
+<h4 class="subsection">Miscellaneous Options</h4>
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>broadcastdelay</code> <kbd>seconds</kbd><dd>The broadcast and multicast modes require a special calibration
to determine the network delay between the local and remote
-servers.
+servers.
Ordinarily, this is done automatically by the initial
-protocol exchanges between the client and server.
+protocol exchanges between the client and server.
In some cases,
the calibration procedure may fail due to network or server access
-controls, for example.
+controls, for example.
This command specifies the default delay to
-be used under these circumstances.
+be used under these circumstances.
Typically (for Ethernet), a
-number between 0.003 and 0.007 seconds is appropriate.
+number between 0.003 and 0.007 seconds is appropriate.
The default
-when this command is not used is 0.004 seconds.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>calldelay</code> <kbd>delay</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This option controls the delay in seconds between the first and second
+when this command is not used is 0.004 seconds.
+<br><dt><code>calldelay</code> <kbd>delay</kbd><dd>This option controls the delay in seconds between the first and second
packets sent in burst or iburst mode to allow additional time for a modem
-or ISDN call to complete.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>driftfile</code> <kbd>driftfile</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command specifies the complete path and name of the file used to
-record the frequency of the local clock oscillator.
+or ISDN call to complete.
+<br><dt><code>driftfile</code> <kbd>driftfile</kbd><dd>This command specifies the complete path and name of the file used to
+record the frequency of the local clock oscillator.
This is the same
operation as the
<code>-f</code>
-command line option.
+command line option.
If the file exists, it is read at
startup in order to set the initial frequency and then updated once per
-hour with the current frequency computed by the daemon.
+hour with the current frequency computed by the daemon.
If the file name is
specified, but the file itself does not exist, the starts with an initial
-frequency of zero and creates the file when writing it for the first time.
+frequency of zero and creates the file when writing it for the first time.
If this command is not given, the daemon will always start with an initial
frequency of zero.
-</p>
-<p>The file format consists of a single line containing a single
+
+
<p>The file format consists of a single line containing a single
floating point number, which records the frequency offset measured
-in parts-per-million (PPM).
+in parts-per-million (PPM).
The file is updated by first writing
the current drift value into a temporary file and then renaming
-this file to replace the old version.
+this file to replace the old version.
This implies that
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
must have write permission for the directory the
drift file is located in, and that file system links, symbolic or
-otherwise, should be avoided.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>dscp</code> <kbd>value</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This option specifies the Differentiated Services Control Point (DSCP) value,
-a 6-bit code. The default value is 46, signifying Expedited Forwarding.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>enable</code> <code>[<code>auth</code> | <code>bclient</code> | <code>calibrate</code> | <code>kernel</code> | <code>mode7</code> | <code>monitor</code> | <code>ntp</code> | <code>stats</code>]</code></dt>
-<dt><code>disable</code> <code>[<code>auth</code> | <code>bclient</code> | <code>calibrate</code> | <code>kernel</code> | <code>mode7</code> | <code>monitor</code> | <code>ntp</code> | <code>stats</code>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Provides a way to enable or disable various server options.
-Flags not mentioned are unaffected.
+otherwise, should be avoided.
+<br><dt><code>dscp</code> <kbd>value</kbd><dd>This option specifies the Differentiated Services Control Point (DSCP) value,
+a 6-bit code. The default value is 46, signifying Expedited Forwarding.
+<br><dt><code>enable</code> <code>[auth | bclient | calibrate | kernel | mode7 | monitor | ntp | stats]</code><br><dt><code>disable</code> <code>[auth | bclient | calibrate | kernel | mode7 | monitor | ntp | stats]</code><dd>Provides a way to enable or disable various server options.
+Flags not mentioned are unaffected.
Note that all of these flags
can be controlled remotely using the
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
utility program.
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>auth</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables the server to synchronize with unconfigured peers only if the
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>auth</code><dd>Enables the server to synchronize with unconfigured peers only if the
peer has been correctly authenticated using either public key or
-private key cryptography.
+private key cryptography.
The default for this flag is
-<code>enable</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>bclient</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables the server to listen for a message from a broadcast or
+<code>enable</code>.
+<br><dt><code>bclient</code><dd>Enables the server to listen for a message from a broadcast or
multicast server, as in the
<code>multicastclient</code>
command with default
-address.
+address.
The default for this flag is
-<code>disable</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>calibrate</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables the calibrate feature for reference clocks.
+<code>disable</code>.
+<br><dt><code>calibrate</code><dd>Enables the calibrate feature for reference clocks.
The default for
this flag is
-<code>disable</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>kernel</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables the kernel time discipline, if available.
+<code>disable</code>.
+<br><dt><code>kernel</code><dd>Enables the kernel time discipline, if available.
The default for this
flag is
<code>enable</code>
if support is available, otherwise
-<code>disable</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>mode7</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables processing of NTP mode 7 implementation-specific requests
+<code>disable</code>.
+<br><dt><code>mode7</code><dd>Enables processing of NTP mode 7 implementation-specific requests
which are used by the deprecated
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-program.
-The default for this flag is disable.
+program.
+The default for this flag is disable.
This flag is excluded from runtime configuration using
-<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>.
+<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>.
The
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
program provides the same capabilities as
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
-using standard mode 6 requests.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>monitor</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables the monitoring facility.
+using standard mode 6 requests.
+<br><dt><code>monitor</code><dd>Enables the monitoring facility.
See the
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>
program
and the
<code>monlist</code>
-command or further information.
+command or further information.
The
default for this flag is
-<code>enable</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>ntp</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables time and frequency discipline.
+<code>enable</code>.
+<br><dt><code>ntp</code><dd>Enables time and frequency discipline.
In effect, this switch opens and
-closes the feedback loop, which is useful for testing.
+closes the feedback loop, which is useful for testing.
The default for
this flag is
-<code>enable</code>.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>stats</code></dt>
-<dd><p>Enables the statistics facility.
+<code>enable</code>.
+<br><dt><code>stats</code><dd>Enables the statistics facility.
See the
-‘Monitoring Options’
-section for further information.
+<a href="#Monitoring-Options">Monitoring Options</a>
+section for further information.
The default for this flag is
-<code>disable</code>.
-</p></dd>
+<code>disable</code>.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>includefile</code> <kbd>includefile</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command allows additional configuration commands
-to be included from a separate file.
+ <br><dt><code>includefile</code> <kbd>includefile</kbd><dd>This command allows additional configuration commands
+to be included from a separate file.
Include files may
be nested to a depth of five; upon reaching the end of any
include file, command processing resumes in the previous
-configuration file.
+configuration file.
This option is useful for sites that run
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
on multiple hosts, with (mostly) common options (e.g., a
-restriction list).
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>leapsmearinterval</code> <kbd>seconds</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This EXPERIMENTAL option is only available if
+restriction list).
+<br><dt><code>leapsmearinterval</code> <kbd>seconds</kbd><dd>This EXPERIMENTAL option is only available if
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
was built with the
<code>--enable-leap-smear</code>
option to the
<code>configure</code>
-script.
-It specifies the interval over which a leap second correction will be applied.
+script.
+It specifies the interval over which a leap second correction will be applied.
Recommended values for this option are between
-7200 (2 hours) and 86400 (24 hours).
-.Sy DO NOT USE THIS OPTION ON PUBLIC-ACCESS SERVERS!
-See http://bugs.ntp.org/2855 for more information.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>logconfig</code> <kbd>configkeyword</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command controls the amount and type of output written to
+7200 (2 hours) and 86400 (24 hours).
+.Sy DO NOT USE THIS OPTION ON PUBLIC-ACCESS SERVERS!
+See http://bugs.ntp.org/2855 for more information.
+<br><dt><code>logconfig</code> <kbd>configkeyword</kbd><dd>This command controls the amount and type of output written to
the system
<code>syslog(3)</code>
facility or the alternate
<code>logfile</code>
-log file.
-By default, all output is turned on.
+log file.
+By default, all output is turned on.
All
<kbd>configkeyword</kbd>
keywords can be prefixed with
-‘=’,
-‘+’
+=,
++
and
-‘-’,
+-,
where
-‘=’
+=
sets the
<code>syslog(3)</code>
priority mask,
-‘+’
++
adds and
-‘-’
+-
removes
-messages.
+messages.
<code>syslog(3)</code>
messages can be controlled in four
classes
-(<code>clock</code>, <code>peer</code>, <code>sys</code> and <code>sync</code>).
+(<code>clock</code>, <code>peer</code>, <code>sys</code> and <code>sync</code>).
Within these classes four types of messages can be
controlled: informational messages
(<code>info</code>),
and
status messages
(<code>status</code>).
-</p>
-<p>Configuration keywords are formed by concatenating the message class with
-the event class.
+
+
<p>Configuration keywords are formed by concatenating the message class with
+the event class.
The
<code>all</code>
-prefix can be used instead of a message class.
+prefix can be used instead of a message class.
A
message class may also be followed by the
<code>all</code>
keyword to enable/disable all
messages of the respective message class.Thus, a minimal log configuration
could look like this:
-</p><pre class="verbatim">logconfig =syncstatus +sysevents
+<pre class="verbatim">
+ logconfig =syncstatus +sysevents
</pre>
-<p>This would just list the synchronizations state of
+
+ <p>This would just list the synchronizations state of
<code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>
-and the major system events.
+and the major system events.
For a simple reference server, the
following minimum message configuration could be useful:
-</p><pre class="verbatim">logconfig =syncall +clockall
+<pre class="verbatim">
+ logconfig =syncall +clockall
</pre>
-<p>This configuration will list all clock information and
-synchronization information.
+
+ <p>This configuration will list all clock information and
+synchronization information.
All other events and messages about
-peers, system events and so on is suppressed.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>logfile</code> <kbd>logfile</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command specifies the location of an alternate log file to
+peers, system events and so on is suppressed.
+<br><dt><code>logfile</code> <kbd>logfile</kbd><dd>This command specifies the location of an alternate log file to
be used instead of the default system
<code>syslog(3)</code>
-facility.
-This is the same operation as the -l command line option.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>setvar</code> <kbd>variable</kbd> <code>[<code>default</code>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This command adds an additional system variable.
+facility.
+This is the same operation as the -l command line option.
+<br><dt><code>setvar</code> <kbd>variable</kbd> <code>[default]</code><dd>This command adds an additional system variable.
These
variables can be used to distribute additional information such as
-the access policy.
+the access policy.
If the variable of the form
<code>name</code><code>=</code><kbd>value</kbd>
is followed by the
<code>default</code>
keyword, the
variable will be listed as part of the default system variables
-(<code>rv</code> command)).
+(<code>rv</code> command)).
These additional variables serve
-informational purposes only.
+informational purposes only.
They are not related to the protocol
-other that they can be listed.
+other that they can be listed.
The known protocol variables will
always override any variables defined via the
<code>setvar</code>
-mechanism.
+mechanism.
There are three special variables that contain the names
-of all variable of the same group.
+of all variable of the same group.
The
<code>sys_var_list</code>
holds
-the names of all system variables.
+the names of all system variables.
The
<code>peer_var_list</code>
holds
the names of all peer variables and the
<code>clock_var_list</code>
-holds the names of the reference clock variables.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>tinker</code> <code>[<code>allan</code> <kbd>allan</kbd> | <code>dispersion</code> <kbd>dispersion</kbd> | <code>freq</code> <kbd>freq</kbd> | <code>huffpuff</code> <kbd>huffpuff</kbd> | <code>panic</code> <kbd>panic</kbd> | <code>step</code> <kbd>step</kbd> | <code>stepback</code> <kbd>stepback</kbd> | <code>stepfwd</code> <kbd>stepfwd</kbd> | <code>stepout</code> <kbd>stepout</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This command can be used to alter several system variables in
-very exceptional circumstances.
+holds the names of the reference clock variables.
+<br><dt><code>tinker</code> <code>[allan </code><kbd>allan</kbd><code> | dispersion </code><kbd>dispersion</kbd><code> | freq </code><kbd>freq</kbd><code> | huffpuff </code><kbd>huffpuff</kbd><code> | panic </code><kbd>panic</kbd><code> | step </code><kbd>step</kbd><code> | stepback </code><kbd>stepback</kbd><code> | stepfwd </code><kbd>stepfwd</kbd><code> | stepout </code><kbd>stepout</kbd><code>]</code><dd>This command can be used to alter several system variables in
+very exceptional circumstances.
It should occur in the
-configuration file before any other configuration options.
+configuration file before any other configuration options.
The
default values of these variables have been carefully optimized for
-a wide range of network speeds and reliability expectations.
+a wide range of network speeds and reliability expectations.
In
general, they interact in intricate ways that are hard to predict
-and some combinations can result in some very nasty behavior.
+and some combinations can result in some very nasty behavior.
Very
rarely is it necessary to change the default values; but, some
folks cannot resist twisting the knobs anyway and this command is
-for them.
+for them.
Emphasis added: twisters are on their own and can expect
no help from the support group.
-</p>
-<p>The variables operate as follows:
-</p><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>allan</code> <kbd>allan</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The argument becomes the new value for the minimum Allan
+
+ <p>The variables operate as follows:
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>allan</code> <kbd>allan</kbd><dd>The argument becomes the new value for the minimum Allan
intercept, which is a parameter of the PLL/FLL clock discipline
-algorithm.
+algorithm.
The value in log2 seconds defaults to 7 (1024 s), which is also the lower
-limit.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>dispersion</code> <kbd>dispersion</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The argument becomes the new value for the dispersion increase rate,
-normally .000015 s/s.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>freq</code> <kbd>freq</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The argument becomes the initial value of the frequency offset in
-parts-per-million.
+limit.
+<br><dt><code>dispersion</code> <kbd>dispersion</kbd><dd>The argument becomes the new value for the dispersion increase rate,
+normally .000015 s/s.
+<br><dt><code>freq</code> <kbd>freq</kbd><dd>The argument becomes the initial value of the frequency offset in
+parts-per-million.
This overrides the value in the frequency file, if
-present, and avoids the initial training state if it is not.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>huffpuff</code> <kbd>huffpuff</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The argument becomes the new value for the experimental
-huff-n’-puff filter span, which determines the most recent interval
-the algorithm will search for a minimum delay.
+present, and avoids the initial training state if it is not.
+<br><dt><code>huffpuff</code> <kbd>huffpuff</kbd><dd>The argument becomes the new value for the experimental
+huff-n'-puff filter span, which determines the most recent interval
+the algorithm will search for a minimum delay.
The lower limit is
-900 s (15 m), but a more reasonable value is 7200 (2 hours).
+900 s (15 m), but a more reasonable value is 7200 (2 hours).
There
is no default, since the filter is not enabled unless this command
-is given.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>panic</code> <kbd>panic</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The argument is the panic threshold, normally 1000 s.
+is given.
+<br><dt><code>panic</code> <kbd>panic</kbd><dd>The argument is the panic threshold, normally 1000 s.
If set to zero,
the panic sanity check is disabled and a clock offset of any value will
-be accepted.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>step</code> <kbd>step</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The argument is the step threshold, which by default is 0.128 s.
+be accepted.
+<br><dt><code>step</code> <kbd>step</kbd><dd>The argument is the step threshold, which by default is 0.128 s.
It can
-be set to any positive number in seconds.
+be set to any positive number in seconds.
If set to zero, step
-adjustments will never occur.
+adjustments will never occur.
Note: The kernel time discipline is
disabled if the step threshold is set to zero or greater than the
-default.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>stepback</code> <kbd>stepback</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The argument is the step threshold for the backward direction,
-which by default is 0.128 s.
+default.
+<br><dt><code>stepback</code> <kbd>stepback</kbd><dd>The argument is the step threshold for the backward direction,
+which by default is 0.128 s.
It can
-be set to any positive number in seconds.
+be set to any positive number in seconds.
If both the forward and backward step thresholds are set to zero, step
-adjustments will never occur.
+adjustments will never occur.
Note: The kernel time discipline is
disabled if
each direction of step threshold are either
-set to zero or greater than .5 second.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>stepfwd</code> <kbd>stepfwd</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>As for stepback, but for the forward direction.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>stepout</code> <kbd>stepout</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>The argument is the stepout timeout, which by default is 900 s.
+set to zero or greater than .5 second.
+<br><dt><code>stepfwd</code> <kbd>stepfwd</kbd><dd>As for stepback, but for the forward direction.
+<br><dt><code>stepout</code> <kbd>stepout</kbd><dd>The argument is the stepout timeout, which by default is 900 s.
It can
-be set to any positive number in seconds.
+be set to any positive number in seconds.
If set to zero, the stepout
-pulses will not be suppressed.
-</p></dd>
+pulses will not be suppressed.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>rlimit</code> <code>[<code>memlock</code> <kbd>Nmegabytes</kbd> | <code>stacksize</code> <kbd>N4kPages</kbd> <code>filenum</code> <kbd>Nfiledescriptors</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>memlock</code> <kbd>Nmegabytes</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specify the number of megabytes of memory that can be allocated.
-Probably only available under Linux, this option is useful
+ <br><dt><code>rlimit</code> <code>[memlock </code><kbd>Nmegabytes</kbd><code> | stacksize </code><kbd>N4kPages</kbd><code> filenum </code><kbd>Nfiledescriptors</kbd><code>]</code><dd>
+ <dl>
+<dt><code>memlock</code> <kbd>Nmegabytes</kbd><dd>Specify the number of megabytes of memory that should be
+allocated and locked.
+Probably only available under Linux, this option may be useful
when dropping root (the
<code>-i</code>
-option).
-The default is 32 megabytes. Setting this to zero will prevent any attemp to lock memory.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>stacksize</code> <kbd>N4kPages</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the maximum size of the process stack on systems with the
+option).
+The default is 32 megabytes on non-Linux machines, and -1 under Linux.
+-1 means "do not lock the process into memory".
+0 means "lock whatever memory the process wants into memory".
+<br><dt><code>stacksize</code> <kbd>N4kPages</kbd><dd>Specifies the maximum size of the process stack on systems with the
<code>mlockall()</code>
-function.
-Defaults to 50 4k pages (200 4k pages in OpenBSD).
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>filenum</code> <kbd>Nfiledescriptors</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>Specifies the maximum number of file descriptors ntpd may have open at once. Defaults to the system default.
-</p></dd>
+function.
+Defaults to 50 4k pages (200 4k pages in OpenBSD).
+<br><dt><code>filenum</code> <kbd>Nfiledescriptors</kbd><dd>Specifies the maximum number of file descriptors ntpd may have open at once. Defaults to the system default.
</dl>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>trap</code> <kbd>host_address</kbd> <code>[<code>port</code> <kbd>port_number</kbd>]</code> <code>[<code>interface</code> <kbd>interface_address</kbd>]</code></dt>
-<dd><p>This command configures a trap receiver at the given host
+ <br><dt><code>trap</code> <kbd>host_address</kbd> <code>[port </code><kbd>port_number</kbd><code>]</code> <code>[interface </code><kbd>interface_address</kbd><code>]</code><dd>This command configures a trap receiver at the given host
address and port number for sending messages with the specified
-local interface address.
+local interface address.
If the port number is unspecified, a value
-of 18447 is used.
+of 18447 is used.
If the interface address is not specified, the
message is sent with a source address of the local interface the
-message is sent through.
+message is sent through.
Note that on a multihomed host the
interface used may vary from time to time with routing changes.
-</p>
-<p>The trap receiver will generally log event messages and other
-information from the server in a log file.
+
+
<p>The trap receiver will generally log event messages and other
+information from the server in a log file.
While such monitor
programs may also request their own trap dynamically, configuring a
trap receiver will ensure that no messages are lost when the server
-is started.
-</p></dd>
-<dt><code>hop</code> <kbd>...</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>This command specifies a list of TTL values in increasing order, up to 8
-values can be specified.
+is started.
+<br><dt><code>hop</code> <kbd>...</kbd><dd>This command specifies a list of TTL values in increasing order, up to 8
+values can be specified.
In manycast mode these values are used in turn in
-an expanding-ring search.
+an expanding-ring search.
The default is eight multiples of 32 starting at
-31.
-</p></dd>
+31.
</dl>
-<p>This section was generated by <strong>AutoGen</strong>,
-using the <code>agtexi-cmd</code> template and the option descriptions for the <code>ntp.conf</code> program.
+
<p>This section was generated by <strong>AutoGen</strong>,
+using the <code>agtexi-cmd</code> template and the option descriptions for the <code>ntp.conf</code> program.
This software is released under the NTP license, <http://ntp.org/license>.
-</p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntp_002econf-Files" accesskey="1">ntp.conf Files</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Files
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntp_002econf-See-Also" accesskey="2">ntp.conf See Also</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">See Also
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntp_002econf-Bugs" accesskey="3">ntp.conf Bugs</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bugs
-</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="4">ntp.conf Notes</a>:</td><td> </td><td align="left" valign="top">Notes
-</td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<hr>
+
+<ul class="menu">
+<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ntp_002econf-Files">ntp.conf Files</a>: Files
+<li><a accesskey="2" href="#ntp_002econf-See-Also">ntp.conf See Also</a>: See Also
+<li><a accesskey="3" href="#ntp_002econf-Bugs">ntp.conf Bugs</a>: Bugs
+<li><a accesskey="4" href="#ntp_002econf-Notes">ntp.conf Notes</a>: Notes
+</ul>
+
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="ntp_002econf-Files"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#ntp_002econf-See-Also" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntp.conf See Also</a>, Previous: <a href="#Miscellaneous-Options" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Miscellaneous Options</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="ntp_002econf-Files-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.8 ntp.conf Files</h4>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><samp>/etc/ntp.conf</samp></dt>
-<dd><p>the default name of the configuration file
-</p></dd>
-<dt><samp>ntp.keys</samp></dt>
-<dd><p>private MD5 keys
-</p></dd>
-<dt><samp>ntpkey</samp></dt>
-<dd><p>RSA private key
-</p></dd>
-<dt><samp>ntpkey_</samp><kbd>host</kbd></dt>
-<dd><p>RSA public key
-</p></dd>
-<dt><samp>ntp_dh</samp></dt>
-<dd><p>Diffie-Hellman agreement parameters
-</p></dd>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">ntp.conf Files</h4>
+
+ <dl>
+<dt><span class="file">/etc/ntp.conf</span><dd>the default name of the configuration file
+<br><dt><span class="file">ntp.keys</span><dd>private MD5 keys
+<br><dt><span class="file">ntpkey</span><dd>RSA private key
+<br><dt><span class="file">ntpkey_</span><kbd>host</kbd><dd>RSA public key
+<br><dt><span class="file">ntp_dh</span><dd>Diffie-Hellman agreement parameters
</dl>
-<hr>
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="ntp_002econf-See-Also"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Bugs" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntp.conf Bugs</a>, Previous: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Files" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntp.conf Files</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="ntp_002econf-See-Also-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.9 ntp.conf See Also</h4>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">ntp.conf See Also</h4>
+
<p><code>ntpd(1ntpdmdoc)</code>,
<code>ntpdc(1ntpdcmdoc)</code>,
<code>ntpq(1ntpqmdoc)</code>
-</p>
-<p>In addition to the manual pages provided,
+
+
<p>In addition to the manual pages provided,
comprehensive documentation is available on the world wide web
at
-<code>http://www.ntp.org/</code>.
+<code>http://www.ntp.org/</code>.
A snapshot of this documentation is available in HTML format in
-<samp>/usr/share/doc/ntp</samp>.
-<br>
-</p>
+<span class="file">/usr/share/doc/ntp</span>.
<br>
-<p>David L. Mills, <em>Network Time Protocol (Version 4)</em>, RFC5905
-</p><hr>
+
+ <p><br>
+David L. Mills, <em>Network Time Protocol (Version 4)</em>, RFC5905
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
<a name="ntp_002econf-Bugs"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Next: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="n" rel="next">ntp.conf Notes</a>, Previous: <a href="#ntp_002econf-See-Also" accesskey="p" rel="prev">ntp.conf See Also</a>, Up: <a href="#ntp_002econf-Notes" accesskey="u" rel="up">ntp.conf Notes</a> </p>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="ntp_002econf-Bugs-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.10 ntp.conf Bugs</h4>
+
+<h4 class="subsection">ntp.conf Bugs</h4>
+
<p>The syntax checking is not picky; some combinations of
ridiculous and even hilarious options and modes may not be
detected.
-</p>
-<p>The
-<samp>ntpkey_</samp><kbd>host</kbd>
+
+<span class="file">ntpkey_</span><kbd>host</kbd>
files are really digital
-certificates.
+certificates.
These should be obtained via secure directory
-services when they become universally available.
-</p><hr>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
- </p>
+services when they become universally available.
+<div class="node">
+<p><hr>
+<a name="ntp_002econf-Notes"></a>
+<br>
</div>
-<a name="ntp_002econf-Notes-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">1.1.11 ntp.conf Notes</h4>
-<p>This document was derived from FreeBSD.
-</p><hr>
+<h4 class="subsection">ntp.conf Notes</h4>
+
+<p>This document was derived from FreeBSD.
+</body></html>
-</body>
-</html>
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp.conf 5 "23 Sep 2015" "4.2.8p3" "File Formats"
+.TH ntp.conf 5 "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "File Formats"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (in-mem file)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-1Va40z/ag-GWaWZz)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed September 23, 2015 at 10:22:45 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:06:17 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp.conf.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd September 23 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTP_CONF 5 File Formats
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed September 23, 2015 at 10:15:06 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:05 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp.conf.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
-.TH ntp.keys 5man "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "File Formats"
+.TH ntp.keys 5man "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "File Formats"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.man)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:21 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:06:26 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp.keys.def
.\" and the template file agman-file.tpl
.Sh NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTP_KEYS 5mdoc File Formats
.Os SunOS 5.10
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:39 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:10 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp.keys.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-file.tpl
.Sh NAME
<p>This document describes the symmetric key file for the NTP Project's
<code>ntpd</code> program.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntp.keys</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntp.keys</code>.
<div class="shortcontents">
<h2>Short Contents</h2>
-.TH ntp.keys 5 "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "File Formats"
+.TH ntp.keys 5 "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "File Formats"
.\"
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.man)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:21 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:06:26 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp.keys.def
.\" and the template file agman-file.tpl
.Sh NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTP_KEYS 5 File Formats
.Os SunOS 5.10
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:39 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:10 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp.keys.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-file.tpl
.Sh NAME
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpd-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:28:19 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:02:27 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
#endif
extern FILE * option_usage_fp;
#define zCopyright (ntpd_opt_strs+0)
-#define zLicenseDescrip (ntpd_opt_strs+340)
+#define zLicenseDescrip (ntpd_opt_strs+344)
/*
* global included definitions
/**
* static const strings for ntpd options
*/
-static char const ntpd_opt_strs[3129] =
-/* 0 */ "ntpd 4.2.8p3\n"
+static char const ntpd_opt_strs[3141] =
+/* 0 */ "ntpd 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
"redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n"
"can be seen at:\n"
" <http://ntp.org/license>\n"
" <http://opensource.org/licenses/ntp-license.php>\n\0"
-/* 340 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
+/* 344 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
"documentation for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted,\n"
"provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that\n"
"both the copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting\n"
"Time Foundation makes no representations about the suitability this\n"
"software for any purpose. It is provided \"as is\" without express or\n"
"implied warranty.\n\0"
-/* 1008 */ "Force IPv4 DNS name resolution\0"
-/* 1039 */ "IPV4\0"
-/* 1044 */ "ipv4\0"
-/* 1049 */ "Force IPv6 DNS name resolution\0"
-/* 1080 */ "IPV6\0"
-/* 1085 */ "ipv6\0"
-/* 1090 */ "Require crypto authentication\0"
-/* 1120 */ "AUTHREQ\0"
-/* 1128 */ "authreq\0"
-/* 1136 */ "Do not require crypto authentication\0"
-/* 1173 */ "AUTHNOREQ\0"
-/* 1183 */ "authnoreq\0"
-/* 1193 */ "Allow us to sync to broadcast servers\0"
-/* 1231 */ "BCASTSYNC\0"
-/* 1241 */ "bcastsync\0"
-/* 1251 */ "configuration file name\0"
-/* 1275 */ "CONFIGFILE\0"
-/* 1286 */ "configfile\0"
-/* 1297 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1328 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1340 */ "debug-level\0"
-/* 1352 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1382 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1398 */ "set-debug-level\0"
-/* 1414 */ "frequency drift file name\0"
-/* 1440 */ "DRIFTFILE\0"
-/* 1450 */ "driftfile\0"
-/* 1460 */ "Allow the first adjustment to be Big\0"
-/* 1497 */ "PANICGATE\0"
-/* 1507 */ "panicgate\0"
-/* 1517 */ "Step any initial offset correction.\0"
-/* 1553 */ "FORCE_STEP_ONCE\0"
-/* 1569 */ "force-step-once\0"
-/* 1585 */ "Jail directory\0"
-/* 1600 */ "JAILDIR\0"
-/* 1608 */ "jaildir\0"
-/* 1616 */ "built without --enable-clockctl or --enable-linuxcaps or --enable-solarisprivs\0"
-/* 1695 */ "Listen on an interface name or address\0"
-/* 1734 */ "INTERFACE\0"
-/* 1744 */ "interface\0"
-/* 1754 */ "path to symmetric keys\0"
-/* 1777 */ "KEYFILE\0"
-/* 1785 */ "keyfile\0"
-/* 1793 */ "path to the log file\0"
-/* 1814 */ "LOGFILE\0"
-/* 1822 */ "logfile\0"
-/* 1830 */ "Do not listen to virtual interfaces\0"
-/* 1866 */ "NOVIRTUALIPS\0"
-/* 1879 */ "novirtualips\0"
-/* 1892 */ "Modify Multimedia Timer (Windows only)\0"
-/* 1931 */ "MODIFYMMTIMER\0"
-/* 1945 */ "modifymmtimer\0"
-/* 1959 */ "Do not fork\0"
-/* 1971 */ "NOFORK\0"
-/* 1978 */ "nofork\0"
-/* 1985 */ "Run at high priority\0"
-/* 2006 */ "NICE\0"
-/* 2011 */ "nice\0"
-/* 2016 */ "path to the PID file\0"
-/* 2037 */ "PIDFILE\0"
-/* 2045 */ "pidfile\0"
-/* 2053 */ "Process priority\0"
-/* 2070 */ "PRIORITY\0"
-/* 2079 */ "priority\0"
-/* 2088 */ "Set the time and quit\0"
-/* 2110 */ "QUIT\0"
-/* 2115 */ "quit\0"
-/* 2120 */ "Broadcast/propagation delay\0"
-/* 2148 */ "PROPAGATIONDELAY\0"
-/* 2165 */ "propagationdelay\0"
-/* 2182 */ "Save parsed configuration and quit\0"
-/* 2217 */ "SAVECONFIGQUIT\0"
-/* 2232 */ "saveconfigquit\0"
-/* 2247 */ "Statistics file location\0"
-/* 2272 */ "STATSDIR\0"
-/* 2281 */ "statsdir\0"
-/* 2290 */ "Trusted key number\0"
-/* 2309 */ "TRUSTEDKEY\0"
-/* 2320 */ "trustedkey\0"
-/* 2331 */ "Run as userid (or userid:groupid)\0"
-/* 2365 */ "USER\0"
-/* 2370 */ "user\0"
-/* 2375 */ "interval in seconds between scans for new or dropped interfaces\0"
-/* 2439 */ "UPDATEINTERVAL\0"
-/* 2454 */ "updateinterval\0"
-/* 2469 */ "make ARG an ntp variable (RW)\0"
-/* 2499 */ "VAR\0"
-/* 2503 */ "var\0"
-/* 2507 */ "make ARG an ntp variable (RW|DEF)\0"
-/* 2541 */ "DVAR\0"
-/* 2546 */ "dvar\0"
-/* 2551 */ "Seconds to wait for first clock sync\0"
-/* 2588 */ "WAIT_SYNC\0"
-/* 2598 */ "wait-sync\0"
-/* 2608 */ "Slew up to 600 seconds\0"
-/* 2631 */ "SLEW\0"
-/* 2636 */ "slew\0"
-/* 2641 */ "Use CPU cycle counter (Windows only)\0"
-/* 2678 */ "USEPCC\0"
-/* 2685 */ "usepcc\0"
-/* 2692 */ "Force CPU cycle counter use (Windows only)\0"
-/* 2735 */ "PCCFREQ\0"
-/* 2743 */ "pccfreq\0"
-/* 2751 */ "Register with mDNS as a NTP server\0"
-/* 2786 */ "MDNS\0"
-/* 2791 */ "mdns\0"
-/* 2796 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
-/* 2840 */ "help\0"
-/* 2845 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
-/* 2890 */ "more-help\0"
-/* 2900 */ "output version information and exit\0"
-/* 2936 */ "version\0"
-/* 2944 */ "NTPD\0"
-/* 2949 */ "ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n"
+/* 1012 */ "Force IPv4 DNS name resolution\0"
+/* 1043 */ "IPV4\0"
+/* 1048 */ "ipv4\0"
+/* 1053 */ "Force IPv6 DNS name resolution\0"
+/* 1084 */ "IPV6\0"
+/* 1089 */ "ipv6\0"
+/* 1094 */ "Require crypto authentication\0"
+/* 1124 */ "AUTHREQ\0"
+/* 1132 */ "authreq\0"
+/* 1140 */ "Do not require crypto authentication\0"
+/* 1177 */ "AUTHNOREQ\0"
+/* 1187 */ "authnoreq\0"
+/* 1197 */ "Allow us to sync to broadcast servers\0"
+/* 1235 */ "BCASTSYNC\0"
+/* 1245 */ "bcastsync\0"
+/* 1255 */ "configuration file name\0"
+/* 1279 */ "CONFIGFILE\0"
+/* 1290 */ "configfile\0"
+/* 1301 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1332 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1344 */ "debug-level\0"
+/* 1356 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1386 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1402 */ "set-debug-level\0"
+/* 1418 */ "frequency drift file name\0"
+/* 1444 */ "DRIFTFILE\0"
+/* 1454 */ "driftfile\0"
+/* 1464 */ "Allow the first adjustment to be Big\0"
+/* 1501 */ "PANICGATE\0"
+/* 1511 */ "panicgate\0"
+/* 1521 */ "Step any initial offset correction.\0"
+/* 1557 */ "FORCE_STEP_ONCE\0"
+/* 1573 */ "force-step-once\0"
+/* 1589 */ "Jail directory\0"
+/* 1604 */ "JAILDIR\0"
+/* 1612 */ "jaildir\0"
+/* 1620 */ "built without --enable-clockctl or --enable-linuxcaps or --enable-solarisprivs\0"
+/* 1699 */ "Listen on an interface name or address\0"
+/* 1738 */ "INTERFACE\0"
+/* 1748 */ "interface\0"
+/* 1758 */ "path to symmetric keys\0"
+/* 1781 */ "KEYFILE\0"
+/* 1789 */ "keyfile\0"
+/* 1797 */ "path to the log file\0"
+/* 1818 */ "LOGFILE\0"
+/* 1826 */ "logfile\0"
+/* 1834 */ "Do not listen to virtual interfaces\0"
+/* 1870 */ "NOVIRTUALIPS\0"
+/* 1883 */ "novirtualips\0"
+/* 1896 */ "Modify Multimedia Timer (Windows only)\0"
+/* 1935 */ "MODIFYMMTIMER\0"
+/* 1949 */ "modifymmtimer\0"
+/* 1963 */ "Do not fork\0"
+/* 1975 */ "NOFORK\0"
+/* 1982 */ "nofork\0"
+/* 1989 */ "Run at high priority\0"
+/* 2010 */ "NICE\0"
+/* 2015 */ "nice\0"
+/* 2020 */ "path to the PID file\0"
+/* 2041 */ "PIDFILE\0"
+/* 2049 */ "pidfile\0"
+/* 2057 */ "Process priority\0"
+/* 2074 */ "PRIORITY\0"
+/* 2083 */ "priority\0"
+/* 2092 */ "Set the time and quit\0"
+/* 2114 */ "QUIT\0"
+/* 2119 */ "quit\0"
+/* 2124 */ "Broadcast/propagation delay\0"
+/* 2152 */ "PROPAGATIONDELAY\0"
+/* 2169 */ "propagationdelay\0"
+/* 2186 */ "Save parsed configuration and quit\0"
+/* 2221 */ "SAVECONFIGQUIT\0"
+/* 2236 */ "saveconfigquit\0"
+/* 2251 */ "Statistics file location\0"
+/* 2276 */ "STATSDIR\0"
+/* 2285 */ "statsdir\0"
+/* 2294 */ "Trusted key number\0"
+/* 2313 */ "TRUSTEDKEY\0"
+/* 2324 */ "trustedkey\0"
+/* 2335 */ "Run as userid (or userid:groupid)\0"
+/* 2369 */ "USER\0"
+/* 2374 */ "user\0"
+/* 2379 */ "interval in seconds between scans for new or dropped interfaces\0"
+/* 2443 */ "UPDATEINTERVAL\0"
+/* 2458 */ "updateinterval\0"
+/* 2473 */ "make ARG an ntp variable (RW)\0"
+/* 2503 */ "VAR\0"
+/* 2507 */ "var\0"
+/* 2511 */ "make ARG an ntp variable (RW|DEF)\0"
+/* 2545 */ "DVAR\0"
+/* 2550 */ "dvar\0"
+/* 2555 */ "Seconds to wait for first clock sync\0"
+/* 2592 */ "WAIT_SYNC\0"
+/* 2602 */ "wait-sync\0"
+/* 2612 */ "Slew up to 600 seconds\0"
+/* 2635 */ "SLEW\0"
+/* 2640 */ "slew\0"
+/* 2645 */ "Use CPU cycle counter (Windows only)\0"
+/* 2682 */ "USEPCC\0"
+/* 2689 */ "usepcc\0"
+/* 2696 */ "Force CPU cycle counter use (Windows only)\0"
+/* 2739 */ "PCCFREQ\0"
+/* 2747 */ "pccfreq\0"
+/* 2755 */ "Register with mDNS as a NTP server\0"
+/* 2790 */ "MDNS\0"
+/* 2795 */ "mdns\0"
+/* 2800 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
+/* 2844 */ "help\0"
+/* 2849 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
+/* 2894 */ "more-help\0"
+/* 2904 */ "output version information and exit\0"
+/* 2940 */ "version\0"
+/* 2948 */ "NTPD\0"
+/* 2953 */ "ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... \\\n"
"\t\t[ <server1> ... <serverN> ]\n\0"
-/* 3080 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 3114 */ "\n\0"
-/* 3116 */ "ntpd 4.2.8p3";
+/* 3088 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 3122 */ "\n\0"
+/* 3124 */ "ntpd 4.2.8p4-RC1";
/**
* ipv4 option description with
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1008)
+#define IPV4_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1012)
/** Upper-cased name for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1039)
+#define IPV4_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1043)
/** Name string for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1044)
+#define IPV4_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1048)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the ipv4 option */
static int const aIpv4CantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_IPV6, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1049)
+#define IPV6_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1053)
/** Upper-cased name for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1080)
+#define IPV6_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1084)
/** Name string for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1085)
+#define IPV6_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1089)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the ipv6 option */
static int const aIpv6CantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_IPV4, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the authreq option */
-#define AUTHREQ_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1090)
+#define AUTHREQ_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1094)
/** Upper-cased name for the authreq option */
-#define AUTHREQ_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1120)
+#define AUTHREQ_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1124)
/** Name string for the authreq option */
-#define AUTHREQ_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1128)
+#define AUTHREQ_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1132)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the authreq option */
static int const aAuthreqCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_AUTHNOREQ, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the authnoreq option */
-#define AUTHNOREQ_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1136)
+#define AUTHNOREQ_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1140)
/** Upper-cased name for the authnoreq option */
-#define AUTHNOREQ_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1173)
+#define AUTHNOREQ_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1177)
/** Name string for the authnoreq option */
-#define AUTHNOREQ_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1183)
+#define AUTHNOREQ_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1187)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the authnoreq option */
static int const aAuthnoreqCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_AUTHREQ, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* bcastsync option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the bcastsync option */
-#define BCASTSYNC_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1193)
+#define BCASTSYNC_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1197)
/** Upper-cased name for the bcastsync option */
-#define BCASTSYNC_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1231)
+#define BCASTSYNC_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1235)
/** Name string for the bcastsync option */
-#define BCASTSYNC_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1241)
+#define BCASTSYNC_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1245)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the bcastsync option */
#define BCASTSYNC_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* configfile option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the configfile option */
-#define CONFIGFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1251)
+#define CONFIGFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1255)
/** Upper-cased name for the configfile option */
-#define CONFIGFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1275)
+#define CONFIGFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1279)
/** Name string for the configfile option */
-#define CONFIGFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1286)
+#define CONFIGFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1290)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the configfile option */
#define CONFIGFILE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1297)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1301)
/** Upper-cased name for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1328)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1332)
/** Name string for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1340)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1344)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the debug-level option */
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* set-debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1352)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1356)
/** Upper-cased name for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1382)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1386)
/** Name string for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1398)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1402)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the set-debug-level option */
#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* driftfile option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the driftfile option */
-#define DRIFTFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1414)
+#define DRIFTFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1418)
/** Upper-cased name for the driftfile option */
-#define DRIFTFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1440)
+#define DRIFTFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1444)
/** Name string for the driftfile option */
-#define DRIFTFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1450)
+#define DRIFTFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1454)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the driftfile option */
#define DRIFTFILE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* panicgate option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the panicgate option */
-#define PANICGATE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1460)
+#define PANICGATE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1464)
/** Upper-cased name for the panicgate option */
-#define PANICGATE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1497)
+#define PANICGATE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1501)
/** Name string for the panicgate option */
-#define PANICGATE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1507)
+#define PANICGATE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1511)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the panicgate option */
#define PANICGATE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* force_step_once option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the force_step_once option */
-#define FORCE_STEP_ONCE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1517)
+#define FORCE_STEP_ONCE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1521)
/** Upper-cased name for the force_step_once option */
-#define FORCE_STEP_ONCE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1553)
+#define FORCE_STEP_ONCE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1557)
/** Name string for the force_step_once option */
-#define FORCE_STEP_ONCE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1569)
+#define FORCE_STEP_ONCE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1573)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the force_step_once option */
#define FORCE_STEP_ONCE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef HAVE_DROPROOT
/** Descriptive text for the jaildir option */
-#define JAILDIR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1585)
+#define JAILDIR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1589)
/** Upper-cased name for the jaildir option */
-#define JAILDIR_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1600)
+#define JAILDIR_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1604)
/** Name string for the jaildir option */
-#define JAILDIR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1608)
+#define JAILDIR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1612)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the jaildir option */
#define JAILDIR_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
#define JAILDIR_FLAGS (OPTST_OMITTED | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#define JAILDIR_NAME NULL
/** Descriptive text for the jaildir option */
-#define JAILDIR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1616)
-#define JAILDIR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1608)
+#define JAILDIR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1620)
+#define JAILDIR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1612)
#endif /* HAVE_DROPROOT */
/**
* interface option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the interface option */
-#define INTERFACE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1695)
+#define INTERFACE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1699)
/** Upper-cased name for the interface option */
-#define INTERFACE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1734)
+#define INTERFACE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1738)
/** Name string for the interface option */
-#define INTERFACE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1744)
+#define INTERFACE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1748)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the interface option */
#define INTERFACE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED | OPTST_STACKED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* keyfile option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the keyfile option */
-#define KEYFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1754)
+#define KEYFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1758)
/** Upper-cased name for the keyfile option */
-#define KEYFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1777)
+#define KEYFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1781)
/** Name string for the keyfile option */
-#define KEYFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1785)
+#define KEYFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1789)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the keyfile option */
#define KEYFILE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* logfile option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the logfile option */
-#define LOGFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1793)
+#define LOGFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1797)
/** Upper-cased name for the logfile option */
-#define LOGFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1814)
+#define LOGFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1818)
/** Name string for the logfile option */
-#define LOGFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1822)
+#define LOGFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1826)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the logfile option */
#define LOGFILE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* novirtualips option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the novirtualips option */
-#define NOVIRTUALIPS_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1830)
+#define NOVIRTUALIPS_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1834)
/** Upper-cased name for the novirtualips option */
-#define NOVIRTUALIPS_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1866)
+#define NOVIRTUALIPS_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1870)
/** Name string for the novirtualips option */
-#define NOVIRTUALIPS_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1879)
+#define NOVIRTUALIPS_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1883)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the novirtualips option */
#define NOVIRTUALIPS_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef SYS_WINNT
/** Descriptive text for the modifymmtimer option */
-#define MODIFYMMTIMER_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1892)
+#define MODIFYMMTIMER_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1896)
/** Upper-cased name for the modifymmtimer option */
-#define MODIFYMMTIMER_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1931)
+#define MODIFYMMTIMER_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1935)
/** Name string for the modifymmtimer option */
-#define MODIFYMMTIMER_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1945)
+#define MODIFYMMTIMER_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1949)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the modifymmtimer option */
#define MODIFYMMTIMER_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the nofork option */
-#define NOFORK_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1959)
+#define NOFORK_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1963)
/** Upper-cased name for the nofork option */
-#define NOFORK_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1971)
+#define NOFORK_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+1975)
/** Name string for the nofork option */
-#define NOFORK_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1978)
+#define NOFORK_name (ntpd_opt_strs+1982)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the nofork option */
static int const aNoforkCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_WAIT_SYNC, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* nice option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the nice option */
-#define NICE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1985)
+#define NICE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1989)
/** Upper-cased name for the nice option */
-#define NICE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2006)
+#define NICE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2010)
/** Name string for the nice option */
-#define NICE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2011)
+#define NICE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2015)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the nice option */
#define NICE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* pidfile option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the pidfile option */
-#define PIDFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2016)
+#define PIDFILE_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2020)
/** Upper-cased name for the pidfile option */
-#define PIDFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2037)
+#define PIDFILE_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2041)
/** Name string for the pidfile option */
-#define PIDFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2045)
+#define PIDFILE_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2049)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the pidfile option */
#define PIDFILE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* priority option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the priority option */
-#define PRIORITY_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2053)
+#define PRIORITY_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2057)
/** Upper-cased name for the priority option */
-#define PRIORITY_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2070)
+#define PRIORITY_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2074)
/** Name string for the priority option */
-#define PRIORITY_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2079)
+#define PRIORITY_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2083)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the priority option */
#define PRIORITY_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the quit option */
-#define QUIT_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2088)
+#define QUIT_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2092)
/** Upper-cased name for the quit option */
-#define QUIT_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2110)
+#define QUIT_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2114)
/** Name string for the quit option */
-#define QUIT_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2115)
+#define QUIT_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2119)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the quit option */
static int const aQuitCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_SAVECONFIGQUIT,
* propagationdelay option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the propagationdelay option */
-#define PROPAGATIONDELAY_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2120)
+#define PROPAGATIONDELAY_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2124)
/** Upper-cased name for the propagationdelay option */
-#define PROPAGATIONDELAY_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2148)
+#define PROPAGATIONDELAY_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2152)
/** Name string for the propagationdelay option */
-#define PROPAGATIONDELAY_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2165)
+#define PROPAGATIONDELAY_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2169)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the propagationdelay option */
#define PROPAGATIONDELAY_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef SAVECONFIG
/** Descriptive text for the saveconfigquit option */
-#define SAVECONFIGQUIT_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2182)
+#define SAVECONFIGQUIT_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2186)
/** Upper-cased name for the saveconfigquit option */
-#define SAVECONFIGQUIT_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2217)
+#define SAVECONFIGQUIT_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2221)
/** Name string for the saveconfigquit option */
-#define SAVECONFIGQUIT_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2232)
+#define SAVECONFIGQUIT_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2236)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the saveconfigquit option */
static int const aSaveconfigquitCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_QUIT,
* statsdir option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the statsdir option */
-#define STATSDIR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2247)
+#define STATSDIR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2251)
/** Upper-cased name for the statsdir option */
-#define STATSDIR_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2272)
+#define STATSDIR_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2276)
/** Name string for the statsdir option */
-#define STATSDIR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2281)
+#define STATSDIR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2285)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the statsdir option */
#define STATSDIR_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* trustedkey option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the trustedkey option */
-#define TRUSTEDKEY_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2290)
+#define TRUSTEDKEY_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2294)
/** Upper-cased name for the trustedkey option */
-#define TRUSTEDKEY_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2309)
+#define TRUSTEDKEY_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2313)
/** Name string for the trustedkey option */
-#define TRUSTEDKEY_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2320)
+#define TRUSTEDKEY_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2324)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the trustedkey option */
#define TRUSTEDKEY_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED | OPTST_STACKED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef HAVE_DROPROOT
/** Descriptive text for the user option */
-#define USER_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2331)
+#define USER_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2335)
/** Upper-cased name for the user option */
-#define USER_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2365)
+#define USER_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2369)
/** Name string for the user option */
-#define USER_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2370)
+#define USER_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2374)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the user option */
#define USER_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
#define USER_FLAGS (OPTST_OMITTED | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#define USER_NAME NULL
/** Descriptive text for the user option */
-#define USER_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1616)
-#define USER_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2370)
+#define USER_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+1620)
+#define USER_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2374)
#endif /* HAVE_DROPROOT */
/**
* updateinterval option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the updateinterval option */
-#define UPDATEINTERVAL_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2375)
+#define UPDATEINTERVAL_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2379)
/** Upper-cased name for the updateinterval option */
-#define UPDATEINTERVAL_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2439)
+#define UPDATEINTERVAL_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2443)
/** Name string for the updateinterval option */
-#define UPDATEINTERVAL_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2454)
+#define UPDATEINTERVAL_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2458)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the updateinterval option */
#define UPDATEINTERVAL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* var option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the var option */
-#define VAR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2469)
+#define VAR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2473)
/** Upper-cased name for the var option */
-#define VAR_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2499)
+#define VAR_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2503)
/** Name string for the var option */
-#define VAR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2503)
+#define VAR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2507)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the var option */
#define VAR_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED | OPTST_STACKED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* dvar option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the dvar option */
-#define DVAR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2507)
+#define DVAR_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2511)
/** Upper-cased name for the dvar option */
-#define DVAR_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2541)
+#define DVAR_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2545)
/** Name string for the dvar option */
-#define DVAR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2546)
+#define DVAR_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2550)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the dvar option */
#define DVAR_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED | OPTST_STACKED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
/** Descriptive text for the wait-sync option */
-#define WAIT_SYNC_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2551)
+#define WAIT_SYNC_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2555)
/** Upper-cased name for the wait-sync option */
-#define WAIT_SYNC_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2588)
+#define WAIT_SYNC_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2592)
/** Name string for the wait-sync option */
-#define WAIT_SYNC_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2598)
+#define WAIT_SYNC_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2602)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the wait-sync option */
static int const aWait_SyncCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_NOFORK,
* slew option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the slew option */
-#define SLEW_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2608)
+#define SLEW_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2612)
/** Upper-cased name for the slew option */
-#define SLEW_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2631)
+#define SLEW_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2635)
/** Name string for the slew option */
-#define SLEW_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2636)
+#define SLEW_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2640)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the slew option */
#define SLEW_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef SYS_WINNT
/** Descriptive text for the usepcc option */
-#define USEPCC_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2641)
+#define USEPCC_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2645)
/** Upper-cased name for the usepcc option */
-#define USEPCC_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2678)
+#define USEPCC_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2682)
/** Name string for the usepcc option */
-#define USEPCC_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2685)
+#define USEPCC_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2689)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the usepcc option */
#define USEPCC_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef SYS_WINNT
/** Descriptive text for the pccfreq option */
-#define PCCFREQ_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2692)
+#define PCCFREQ_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2696)
/** Upper-cased name for the pccfreq option */
-#define PCCFREQ_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2735)
+#define PCCFREQ_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2739)
/** Name string for the pccfreq option */
-#define PCCFREQ_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2743)
+#define PCCFREQ_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2747)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the pccfreq option */
#define PCCFREQ_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef HAVE_DNSREGISTRATION
/** Descriptive text for the mdns option */
-#define MDNS_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2751)
+#define MDNS_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2755)
/** Upper-cased name for the mdns option */
-#define MDNS_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2786)
+#define MDNS_NAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2790)
/** Name string for the mdns option */
-#define MDNS_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2791)
+#define MDNS_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2795)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the mdns option */
#define MDNS_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
/*
* Help/More_Help/Version option descriptions:
*/
-#define HELP_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2796)
-#define HELP_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2840)
+#define HELP_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2800)
+#define HELP_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2844)
#ifdef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
-#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2845)
-#define MORE_HELP_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2890)
+#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2849)
+#define MORE_HELP_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2894)
#define MORE_HELP_FLAGS (OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#else
#define MORE_HELP_DESC HELP_DESC
# define VER_FLAGS (OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING) | \
OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#endif
-#define VER_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2900)
-#define VER_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2936)
+#define VER_DESC (ntpd_opt_strs+2904)
+#define VER_name (ntpd_opt_strs+2940)
/**
* Declare option callback procedures
*/
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/** Reference to the upper cased version of ntpd. */
-#define zPROGNAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2944)
+#define zPROGNAME (ntpd_opt_strs+2948)
/** Reference to the title line for ntpd usage. */
-#define zUsageTitle (ntpd_opt_strs+2949)
+#define zUsageTitle (ntpd_opt_strs+2953)
/** There is no ntpd configuration file. */
#define zRcName NULL
/** There are no directories to search for ntpd config files. */
#define apzHomeList NULL
/** The ntpd program bug email address. */
-#define zBugsAddr (ntpd_opt_strs+3080)
+#define zBugsAddr (ntpd_opt_strs+3088)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntpd does. */
-#define zExplain (ntpd_opt_strs+3114)
+#define zExplain (ntpd_opt_strs+3122)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntpd does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntpd. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntpd_opt_strs+3116)
+#define zFullVersion (ntpd_opt_strs+3124)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 364 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
translate option names.
*/
/* referenced via ntpdOptions.pzCopyright */
- puts(_("ntpd 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntpd 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n\
This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n\
redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n\
puts(_("output version information and exit"));
/* referenced via ntpdOptions.pzUsageTitle */
- puts(_("ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... \\\n\
\t\t[ <server1> ... <serverN> ]\n"));
puts(_("\n"));
/* referenced via ntpdOptions.pzFullVersion */
- puts(_("ntpd 4.2.8p3"));
+ puts(_("ntpd 4.2.8p4-RC1"));
/* referenced via ntpdOptions.pzFullUsage */
puts(_("<<<NOT-FOUND>>>"));
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpd-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:28:18 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:02:26 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/** count of all options for ntpd */
#define OPTION_CT 38
/** ntpd version */
-#define NTPD_VERSION "4.2.8p3"
+#define NTPD_VERSION "4.2.8p4-RC1"
/** Full ntpd version text */
-#define NTPD_FULL_VERSION "ntpd 4.2.8p3"
+#define NTPD_FULL_VERSION "ntpd 4.2.8p4-RC1"
/**
* Interface defines for all options. Replace "n" with the UPPER_CASED
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpd 1ntpdman "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpd 1ntpdman "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-LZaapD/ag-XZa4nD)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-XGaqiB/ag-sHaihB)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:24 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:06:33 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
Finally,
in the past many startup scripts would run
\fCntpdate\f[]\fR(1ntpdatemdoc)\f[]
+or
+\fCsntp\f[]\fR(1sntpmdoc)\f[]
to get the system clock close to correct before starting
\fCntpd\f[]\fR(1ntpdmdoc)\f[],
but this was never more than a mediocre hack and is no longer needed.
\f\*[B-Font]ntpd\fP,
please open a bug report and document what is going on,
and then look at using
-\fCsntp\f[]\fR(1sntpmdoc)\f[].
+\fCsntp\f[]\fR(1sntpmdoc)\f[]
+if you really need to set the clock before starting
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpd\fP.
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPD 1ntpdmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpd-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:41 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:13 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
Finally,
in the past many startup scripts would run
.Xr ntpdate 1ntpdatemdoc
+or
+.Xr sntp 1sntpmdoc
to get the system clock close to correct before starting
.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc ,
but this was never more than a mediocre hack and is no longer needed.
.Nm ,
please open a bug report and document what is going on,
and then look at using
-.Xr sntp 1sntpmdoc .
+.Xr sntp 1sntpmdoc
+if you really need to set the clock before starting
+.Nm .
.Pp
There is a way to start
.Xr ntpd 1ntpdmdoc
symmetric and broadcast modes, and with both symmetric-key and public-key
cryptography.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntpd</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntpd</code>.
<ul class="menu">
<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ntpd-Description">ntpd Description</a>: Description
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p3-RC3
+<pre class="example">ntpd - NTP daemon program - Ver. 4.2.8p3
Usage: ntpd [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... \
[ <server1> ... <serverN> ]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpd @NTPD_MS@ "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpd @NTPD_MS@ "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-LZaapD/ag-XZa4nD)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-XGaqiB/ag-sHaihB)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:24 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:06:33 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
Finally,
in the past many startup scripts would run
\fCntpdate\f[]\fR(@NTPDATE_MS@)\f[]
+or
+\fCsntp\f[]\fR(@SNTP_MS@)\f[]
to get the system clock close to correct before starting
\fCntpd\f[]\fR(@NTPD_MS@)\f[],
but this was never more than a mediocre hack and is no longer needed.
\f\*[B-Font]ntpd\fP,
please open a bug report and document what is going on,
and then look at using
-\fCsntp\f[]\fR(@SNTP_MS@)\f[].
+\fCsntp\f[]\fR(@SNTP_MS@)\f[]
+if you really need to set the clock before starting
+\f\*[B-Font]ntpd\fP.
.sp \n(Ppu
.ne 2
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPD @NTPD_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpd-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:41 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:13 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
Finally,
in the past many startup scripts would run
.Xr ntpdate @NTPDATE_MS@
+or
+.Xr sntp @SNTP_MS@
to get the system clock close to correct before starting
.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@ ,
but this was never more than a mediocre hack and is no longer needed.
.Nm ,
please open a bug report and document what is going on,
and then look at using
-.Xr sntp @SNTP_MS@ .
+.Xr sntp @SNTP_MS@
+if you really need to set the clock before starting
+.Nm .
.Pp
There is a way to start
.Xr ntpd @NTPD_MS@
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpdc.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:05 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:53 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntpdc - vendor-specific NTPD control program - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntpdc - vendor-specific NTPD control program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
Usage: ntpdc [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]... [ host ...]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-4 no ipv4 Force IPv4 DNS name resolution
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpdc-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:51 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:31 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
#endif
extern FILE * option_usage_fp;
#define zCopyright (ntpdc_opt_strs+0)
-#define zLicenseDescrip (ntpdc_opt_strs+341)
+#define zLicenseDescrip (ntpdc_opt_strs+345)
/*
* global included definitions
/**
* static const strings for ntpdc options
*/
-static char const ntpdc_opt_strs[1911] =
-/* 0 */ "ntpdc 4.2.8p3\n"
+static char const ntpdc_opt_strs[1923] =
+/* 0 */ "ntpdc 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
"redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n"
"can be seen at:\n"
" <http://ntp.org/license>\n"
" <http://opensource.org/licenses/ntp-license.php>\n\0"
-/* 341 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
+/* 345 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
"documentation for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted,\n"
"provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that\n"
"both the copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting\n"
"Time Foundation makes no representations about the suitability this\n"
"software for any purpose. It is provided \"as is\" without express or\n"
"implied warranty.\n\0"
-/* 1009 */ "Force IPv4 DNS name resolution\0"
-/* 1040 */ "IPV4\0"
-/* 1045 */ "ipv4\0"
-/* 1050 */ "Force IPv6 DNS name resolution\0"
-/* 1081 */ "IPV6\0"
-/* 1086 */ "ipv6\0"
-/* 1091 */ "run a command and exit\0"
-/* 1114 */ "COMMAND\0"
-/* 1122 */ "command\0"
-/* 1130 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1161 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1173 */ "debug-level\0"
-/* 1185 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1215 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1231 */ "set-debug-level\0"
-/* 1247 */ "Force ntpq to operate in interactive mode\0"
-/* 1289 */ "INTERACTIVE\0"
-/* 1301 */ "interactive\0"
-/* 1313 */ "Print a list of the peers\0"
-/* 1339 */ "LISTPEERS\0"
-/* 1349 */ "listpeers\0"
-/* 1359 */ "numeric host addresses\0"
-/* 1382 */ "NUMERIC\0"
-/* 1390 */ "numeric\0"
-/* 1398 */ "PEERS\0"
-/* 1404 */ "peers\0"
-/* 1410 */ "Show a list of the peers\0"
-/* 1435 */ "SHOWPEERS\0"
-/* 1445 */ "showpeers\0"
-/* 1455 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
-/* 1499 */ "help\0"
-/* 1504 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
-/* 1549 */ "more-help\0"
-/* 1559 */ "output version information and exit\0"
-/* 1595 */ "version\0"
-/* 1603 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
-/* 1642 */ "save-opts\0"
-/* 1652 */ "load options from a config file\0"
-/* 1684 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
-/* 1694 */ "no-load-opts\0"
-/* 1707 */ "no\0"
-/* 1710 */ "NTPDC\0"
-/* 1716 */ "ntpdc - vendor-specific NTPD control program - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n"
+/* 1013 */ "Force IPv4 DNS name resolution\0"
+/* 1044 */ "IPV4\0"
+/* 1049 */ "ipv4\0"
+/* 1054 */ "Force IPv6 DNS name resolution\0"
+/* 1085 */ "IPV6\0"
+/* 1090 */ "ipv6\0"
+/* 1095 */ "run a command and exit\0"
+/* 1118 */ "COMMAND\0"
+/* 1126 */ "command\0"
+/* 1134 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1165 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1177 */ "debug-level\0"
+/* 1189 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1219 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1235 */ "set-debug-level\0"
+/* 1251 */ "Force ntpq to operate in interactive mode\0"
+/* 1293 */ "INTERACTIVE\0"
+/* 1305 */ "interactive\0"
+/* 1317 */ "Print a list of the peers\0"
+/* 1343 */ "LISTPEERS\0"
+/* 1353 */ "listpeers\0"
+/* 1363 */ "numeric host addresses\0"
+/* 1386 */ "NUMERIC\0"
+/* 1394 */ "numeric\0"
+/* 1402 */ "PEERS\0"
+/* 1408 */ "peers\0"
+/* 1414 */ "Show a list of the peers\0"
+/* 1439 */ "SHOWPEERS\0"
+/* 1449 */ "showpeers\0"
+/* 1459 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
+/* 1503 */ "help\0"
+/* 1508 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
+/* 1553 */ "more-help\0"
+/* 1563 */ "output version information and exit\0"
+/* 1599 */ "version\0"
+/* 1607 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
+/* 1646 */ "save-opts\0"
+/* 1656 */ "load options from a config file\0"
+/* 1688 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
+/* 1698 */ "no-load-opts\0"
+/* 1711 */ "no\0"
+/* 1714 */ "NTPDC\0"
+/* 1720 */ "ntpdc - vendor-specific NTPD control program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [ host ...]\n\0"
-/* 1846 */ "$HOME\0"
-/* 1852 */ ".\0"
-/* 1854 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 1861 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 1895 */ "\n\0"
-/* 1897 */ "ntpdc 4.2.8p3";
+/* 1854 */ "$HOME\0"
+/* 1860 */ ".\0"
+/* 1862 */ ".ntprc\0"
+/* 1869 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 1903 */ "\n\0"
+/* 1905 */ "ntpdc 4.2.8p4-RC1";
/**
* ipv4 option description with
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1009)
+#define IPV4_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1013)
/** Upper-cased name for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1040)
+#define IPV4_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1044)
/** Name string for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1045)
+#define IPV4_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1049)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the ipv4 option */
static int const aIpv4CantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_IPV6, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1050)
+#define IPV6_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1054)
/** Upper-cased name for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1081)
+#define IPV6_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1085)
/** Name string for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1086)
+#define IPV6_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1090)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the ipv6 option */
static int const aIpv6CantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_IPV4, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* command option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the command option */
-#define COMMAND_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1091)
+#define COMMAND_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1095)
/** Upper-cased name for the command option */
-#define COMMAND_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1114)
+#define COMMAND_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1118)
/** Name string for the command option */
-#define COMMAND_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1122)
+#define COMMAND_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1126)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the command option */
#define COMMAND_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED | OPTST_STACKED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1130)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1134)
/** Upper-cased name for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1161)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1165)
/** Name string for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1173)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1177)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the debug-level option */
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* set-debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1185)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1189)
/** Upper-cased name for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1215)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1219)
/** Name string for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1231)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1235)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the set-debug-level option */
#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the interactive option */
-#define INTERACTIVE_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1247)
+#define INTERACTIVE_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1251)
/** Upper-cased name for the interactive option */
-#define INTERACTIVE_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1289)
+#define INTERACTIVE_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1293)
/** Name string for the interactive option */
-#define INTERACTIVE_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1301)
+#define INTERACTIVE_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1305)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the interactive option */
static int const aInteractiveCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_COMMAND,
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the listpeers option */
-#define LISTPEERS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1313)
+#define LISTPEERS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1317)
/** Upper-cased name for the listpeers option */
-#define LISTPEERS_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1339)
+#define LISTPEERS_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1343)
/** Name string for the listpeers option */
-#define LISTPEERS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1349)
+#define LISTPEERS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1353)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the listpeers option */
static int const aListpeersCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_COMMAND, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* numeric option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the numeric option */
-#define NUMERIC_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1359)
+#define NUMERIC_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1363)
/** Upper-cased name for the numeric option */
-#define NUMERIC_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1382)
+#define NUMERIC_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1386)
/** Name string for the numeric option */
-#define NUMERIC_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1390)
+#define NUMERIC_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1394)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the numeric option */
#define NUMERIC_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the peers option */
-#define PEERS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1313)
+#define PEERS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1317)
/** Upper-cased name for the peers option */
-#define PEERS_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1398)
+#define PEERS_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1402)
/** Name string for the peers option */
-#define PEERS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1404)
+#define PEERS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1408)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the peers option */
static int const aPeersCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_COMMAND, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the showpeers option */
-#define SHOWPEERS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1410)
+#define SHOWPEERS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1414)
/** Upper-cased name for the showpeers option */
-#define SHOWPEERS_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1435)
+#define SHOWPEERS_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1439)
/** Name string for the showpeers option */
-#define SHOWPEERS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1445)
+#define SHOWPEERS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1449)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the showpeers option */
static int const aShowpeersCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_COMMAND, NO_EQUIVALENT };
/*
* Help/More_Help/Version option descriptions:
*/
-#define HELP_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1455)
-#define HELP_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1499)
+#define HELP_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1459)
+#define HELP_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1503)
#ifdef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
-#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1504)
-#define MORE_HELP_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1549)
+#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1508)
+#define MORE_HELP_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1553)
#define MORE_HELP_FLAGS (OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#else
#define MORE_HELP_DESC HELP_DESC
# define VER_FLAGS (OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING) | \
OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#endif
-#define VER_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1559)
-#define VER_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1595)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1603)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1642)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1652)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1684)
-#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1694)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (ntpdc_opt_strs+1707)
+#define VER_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1563)
+#define VER_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1599)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1607)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1646)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (ntpdc_opt_strs+1656)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1688)
+#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (ntpdc_opt_strs+1698)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (ntpdc_opt_strs+1711)
#define LOAD_OPTS_name (NO_LOAD_OPTS_name + 3)
/**
* Declare option callback procedures
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/** Reference to the upper cased version of ntpdc. */
-#define zPROGNAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1710)
+#define zPROGNAME (ntpdc_opt_strs+1714)
/** Reference to the title line for ntpdc usage. */
-#define zUsageTitle (ntpdc_opt_strs+1716)
+#define zUsageTitle (ntpdc_opt_strs+1720)
/** ntpdc configuration file name. */
-#define zRcName (ntpdc_opt_strs+1854)
+#define zRcName (ntpdc_opt_strs+1862)
/** Directories to search for ntpdc config files. */
static char const * const apzHomeList[3] = {
- ntpdc_opt_strs+1846,
- ntpdc_opt_strs+1852,
+ ntpdc_opt_strs+1854,
+ ntpdc_opt_strs+1860,
NULL };
/** The ntpdc program bug email address. */
-#define zBugsAddr (ntpdc_opt_strs+1861)
+#define zBugsAddr (ntpdc_opt_strs+1869)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntpdc does. */
-#define zExplain (ntpdc_opt_strs+1895)
+#define zExplain (ntpdc_opt_strs+1903)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntpdc does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntpdc. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntpdc_opt_strs+1897)
+#define zFullVersion (ntpdc_opt_strs+1905)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 364 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
translate option names.
*/
/* referenced via ntpdcOptions.pzCopyright */
- puts(_("ntpdc 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntpdc 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n\
This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n\
redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n\
puts(_("load options from a config file"));
/* referenced via ntpdcOptions.pzUsageTitle */
- puts(_("ntpdc - vendor-specific NTPD control program - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntpdc - vendor-specific NTPD control program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [ host ...]\n"));
/* referenced via ntpdcOptions.pzExplain */
puts(_("\n"));
/* referenced via ntpdcOptions.pzFullVersion */
- puts(_("ntpdc 4.2.8p3"));
+ puts(_("ntpdc 4.2.8p4-RC1"));
/* referenced via ntpdcOptions.pzFullUsage */
puts(_("<<<NOT-FOUND>>>"));
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpdc-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:30:50 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:30 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/** count of all options for ntpdc */
#define OPTION_CT 15
/** ntpdc version */
-#define NTPDC_VERSION "4.2.8p3"
+#define NTPDC_VERSION "4.2.8p4-RC1"
/** Full ntpdc version text */
-#define NTPDC_FULL_VERSION "ntpdc 4.2.8p3"
+#define NTPDC_FULL_VERSION "ntpdc 4.2.8p4-RC1"
/**
* Interface defines for all options. Replace "n" with the UPPER_CASED
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpdc 1ntpdcman "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpdc 1ntpdcman "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-91aOeF/ag-i2aGdF)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-aTai.C/ag-qTaa9C)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:01 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:47 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPDC 1ntpdcmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpdc-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:08 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:57 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
clock. Run as root, it can correct the system clock to this offset as
well. It can be run as an interactive command or from a cron job.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntpdc</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntpdc</code>.
<p>The program implements the SNTP protocol as defined by RFC 5905, the NTPv4
IETF specification.
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">ntpdc - vendor-specific NTPD control program - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+<pre class="example">ntpdc - vendor-specific NTPD control program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
Usage: ntpdc [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [ host ...]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-4 no ipv4 Force IPv4 DNS name resolution
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpdc @NTPDC_MS@ "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpdc @NTPDC_MS@ "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-91aOeF/ag-i2aGdF)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-aTai.C/ag-qTaa9C)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:01 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:47 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPDC @NTPDC_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpdc-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:08 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:07:57 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpdc-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpq.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:39 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:10:26 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
Usage: ntpq [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]... [ host ...]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-4 no ipv4 Force IPv4 DNS name resolution
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpq-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:10 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:08:04 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
#endif
extern FILE * option_usage_fp;
#define zCopyright (ntpq_opt_strs+0)
-#define zLicenseDescrip (ntpq_opt_strs+340)
+#define zLicenseDescrip (ntpq_opt_strs+344)
/*
* global included definitions
/**
* static const strings for ntpq options
*/
-static char const ntpq_opt_strs[1925] =
-/* 0 */ "ntpq 4.2.8p3\n"
+static char const ntpq_opt_strs[1937] =
+/* 0 */ "ntpq 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
"redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n"
"can be seen at:\n"
" <http://ntp.org/license>\n"
" <http://opensource.org/licenses/ntp-license.php>\n\0"
-/* 340 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
+/* 344 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
"documentation for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted,\n"
"provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that\n"
"both the copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting\n"
"Time Foundation makes no representations about the suitability this\n"
"software for any purpose. It is provided \"as is\" without express or\n"
"implied warranty.\n\0"
-/* 1008 */ "Force IPv4 DNS name resolution\0"
-/* 1039 */ "IPV4\0"
-/* 1044 */ "ipv4\0"
-/* 1049 */ "Force IPv6 DNS name resolution\0"
-/* 1080 */ "IPV6\0"
-/* 1085 */ "ipv6\0"
-/* 1090 */ "run a command and exit\0"
-/* 1113 */ "COMMAND\0"
-/* 1121 */ "command\0"
-/* 1129 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1160 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1172 */ "debug-level\0"
-/* 1184 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1214 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1230 */ "set-debug-level\0"
-/* 1246 */ "Force ntpq to operate in interactive mode\0"
-/* 1288 */ "INTERACTIVE\0"
-/* 1300 */ "interactive\0"
-/* 1312 */ "numeric host addresses\0"
-/* 1335 */ "NUMERIC\0"
-/* 1343 */ "numeric\0"
-/* 1351 */ "Always output status line with readvar\0"
-/* 1390 */ "OLD_RV\0"
-/* 1397 */ "old-rv\0"
-/* 1404 */ "Print a list of the peers\0"
-/* 1430 */ "PEERS\0"
-/* 1436 */ "peers\0"
-/* 1442 */ "Display the full 'remote' value\0"
-/* 1474 */ "WIDE\0"
-/* 1479 */ "wide\0"
-/* 1484 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
-/* 1528 */ "help\0"
-/* 1533 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
-/* 1578 */ "more-help\0"
-/* 1588 */ "output version information and exit\0"
-/* 1624 */ "version\0"
-/* 1632 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
-/* 1671 */ "save-opts\0"
-/* 1681 */ "load options from a config file\0"
-/* 1713 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
-/* 1723 */ "no-load-opts\0"
-/* 1736 */ "no\0"
-/* 1739 */ "NTPQ\0"
-/* 1744 */ "ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n"
+/* 1012 */ "Force IPv4 DNS name resolution\0"
+/* 1043 */ "IPV4\0"
+/* 1048 */ "ipv4\0"
+/* 1053 */ "Force IPv6 DNS name resolution\0"
+/* 1084 */ "IPV6\0"
+/* 1089 */ "ipv6\0"
+/* 1094 */ "run a command and exit\0"
+/* 1117 */ "COMMAND\0"
+/* 1125 */ "command\0"
+/* 1133 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1164 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1176 */ "debug-level\0"
+/* 1188 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1218 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1234 */ "set-debug-level\0"
+/* 1250 */ "Force ntpq to operate in interactive mode\0"
+/* 1292 */ "INTERACTIVE\0"
+/* 1304 */ "interactive\0"
+/* 1316 */ "numeric host addresses\0"
+/* 1339 */ "NUMERIC\0"
+/* 1347 */ "numeric\0"
+/* 1355 */ "Always output status line with readvar\0"
+/* 1394 */ "OLD_RV\0"
+/* 1401 */ "old-rv\0"
+/* 1408 */ "Print a list of the peers\0"
+/* 1434 */ "PEERS\0"
+/* 1440 */ "peers\0"
+/* 1446 */ "Display the full 'remote' value\0"
+/* 1478 */ "WIDE\0"
+/* 1483 */ "wide\0"
+/* 1488 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
+/* 1532 */ "help\0"
+/* 1537 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
+/* 1582 */ "more-help\0"
+/* 1592 */ "output version information and exit\0"
+/* 1628 */ "version\0"
+/* 1636 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
+/* 1675 */ "save-opts\0"
+/* 1685 */ "load options from a config file\0"
+/* 1717 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
+/* 1727 */ "no-load-opts\0"
+/* 1740 */ "no\0"
+/* 1743 */ "NTPQ\0"
+/* 1748 */ "ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [ host ...]\n\0"
-/* 1863 */ "$HOME\0"
-/* 1869 */ ".\0"
-/* 1871 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 1878 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 1912 */ "ntpq 4.2.8p3";
+/* 1871 */ "$HOME\0"
+/* 1877 */ ".\0"
+/* 1879 */ ".ntprc\0"
+/* 1886 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 1920 */ "ntpq 4.2.8p4-RC1";
/**
* ipv4 option description with
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1008)
+#define IPV4_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1012)
/** Upper-cased name for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1039)
+#define IPV4_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1043)
/** Name string for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1044)
+#define IPV4_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1048)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the ipv4 option */
static int const aIpv4CantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_IPV6, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1049)
+#define IPV6_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1053)
/** Upper-cased name for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1080)
+#define IPV6_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1084)
/** Name string for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1085)
+#define IPV6_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1089)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the ipv6 option */
static int const aIpv6CantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_IPV4, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* command option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the command option */
-#define COMMAND_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1090)
+#define COMMAND_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1094)
/** Upper-cased name for the command option */
-#define COMMAND_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1113)
+#define COMMAND_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1117)
/** Name string for the command option */
-#define COMMAND_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1121)
+#define COMMAND_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1125)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the command option */
#define COMMAND_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1129)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1133)
/** Upper-cased name for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1160)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1164)
/** Name string for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1172)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1176)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the debug-level option */
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* set-debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1184)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1188)
/** Upper-cased name for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1214)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1218)
/** Name string for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1230)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1234)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the set-debug-level option */
#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the interactive option */
-#define INTERACTIVE_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1246)
+#define INTERACTIVE_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1250)
/** Upper-cased name for the interactive option */
-#define INTERACTIVE_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1288)
+#define INTERACTIVE_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1292)
/** Name string for the interactive option */
-#define INTERACTIVE_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1300)
+#define INTERACTIVE_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1304)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the interactive option */
static int const aInteractiveCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_COMMAND,
* numeric option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the numeric option */
-#define NUMERIC_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1312)
+#define NUMERIC_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1316)
/** Upper-cased name for the numeric option */
-#define NUMERIC_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1335)
+#define NUMERIC_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1339)
/** Name string for the numeric option */
-#define NUMERIC_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1343)
+#define NUMERIC_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1347)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the numeric option */
#define NUMERIC_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* old-rv option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the old-rv option */
-#define OLD_RV_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1351)
+#define OLD_RV_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1355)
/** Upper-cased name for the old-rv option */
-#define OLD_RV_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1390)
+#define OLD_RV_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1394)
/** Name string for the old-rv option */
-#define OLD_RV_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1397)
+#define OLD_RV_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1401)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the old-rv option */
#define OLD_RV_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the peers option */
-#define PEERS_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1404)
+#define PEERS_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1408)
/** Upper-cased name for the peers option */
-#define PEERS_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1430)
+#define PEERS_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1434)
/** Name string for the peers option */
-#define PEERS_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1436)
+#define PEERS_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1440)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the peers option */
static int const aPeersCantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_INTERACTIVE, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* wide option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the wide option */
-#define WIDE_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1442)
+#define WIDE_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1446)
/** Upper-cased name for the wide option */
-#define WIDE_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1474)
+#define WIDE_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1478)
/** Name string for the wide option */
-#define WIDE_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1479)
+#define WIDE_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1483)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the wide option */
#define WIDE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
/*
* Help/More_Help/Version option descriptions:
*/
-#define HELP_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1484)
-#define HELP_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1528)
+#define HELP_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1488)
+#define HELP_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1532)
#ifdef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
-#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1533)
-#define MORE_HELP_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1578)
+#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1537)
+#define MORE_HELP_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1582)
#define MORE_HELP_FLAGS (OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#else
#define MORE_HELP_DESC HELP_DESC
# define VER_FLAGS (OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING) | \
OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#endif
-#define VER_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1588)
-#define VER_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1624)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1632)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1671)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1681)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1713)
-#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1723)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (ntpq_opt_strs+1736)
+#define VER_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1592)
+#define VER_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1628)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1636)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1675)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (ntpq_opt_strs+1685)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1717)
+#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (ntpq_opt_strs+1727)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (ntpq_opt_strs+1740)
#define LOAD_OPTS_name (NO_LOAD_OPTS_name + 3)
/**
* Declare option callback procedures
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/** Reference to the upper cased version of ntpq. */
-#define zPROGNAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1739)
+#define zPROGNAME (ntpq_opt_strs+1743)
/** Reference to the title line for ntpq usage. */
-#define zUsageTitle (ntpq_opt_strs+1744)
+#define zUsageTitle (ntpq_opt_strs+1748)
/** ntpq configuration file name. */
-#define zRcName (ntpq_opt_strs+1871)
+#define zRcName (ntpq_opt_strs+1879)
/** Directories to search for ntpq config files. */
static char const * const apzHomeList[3] = {
- ntpq_opt_strs+1863,
- ntpq_opt_strs+1869,
+ ntpq_opt_strs+1871,
+ ntpq_opt_strs+1877,
NULL };
/** The ntpq program bug email address. */
-#define zBugsAddr (ntpq_opt_strs+1878)
+#define zBugsAddr (ntpq_opt_strs+1886)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntpq does. */
#define zExplain (NULL)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntpq does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntpq. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntpq_opt_strs+1912)
+#define zFullVersion (ntpq_opt_strs+1920)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 364 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
translate option names.
*/
/* referenced via ntpqOptions.pzCopyright */
- puts(_("ntpq 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntpq 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n\
This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n\
redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n\
puts(_("load options from a config file"));
/* referenced via ntpqOptions.pzUsageTitle */
- puts(_("ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [ host ...]\n"));
/* referenced via ntpqOptions.pzFullVersion */
- puts(_("ntpq 4.2.8p3"));
+ puts(_("ntpq 4.2.8p4-RC1"));
/* referenced via ntpqOptions.pzFullUsage */
puts(_("<<<NOT-FOUND>>>"));
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpq-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:10 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:08:03 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/** count of all options for ntpq */
#define OPTION_CT 15
/** ntpq version */
-#define NTPQ_VERSION "4.2.8p3"
+#define NTPQ_VERSION "4.2.8p4-RC1"
/** Full ntpq version text */
-#define NTPQ_FULL_VERSION "ntpq 4.2.8p3"
+#define NTPQ_FULL_VERSION "ntpq 4.2.8p4-RC1"
/**
* Interface defines for all options. Replace "n" with the UPPER_CASED
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpq 1ntpqman "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpq 1ntpqman "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-6GaipG/ag-fHaaoG)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-1da4iE/ag-ceaWhE)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:32 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:09:39 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPQ 1ntpqmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpq-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:41 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:10:30 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
and determine the performance of
<code>ntpd</code>, the NTP daemon.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntpq</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntpq</code>.
<ul class="menu">
<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ntpq-Description">ntpq Description</a>
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p3-RC3
+<pre class="example">ntpq - standard NTP query program - Ver. 4.2.8p3
Usage: ntpq [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [ host ...]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-4 no ipv4 Force IPv4 DNS name resolution
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpq @NTPQ_MS@ "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpq @NTPQ_MS@ "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-6GaipG/ag-fHaaoG)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-1da4iE/ag-ceaWhE)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:32 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:09:39 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPQ @NTPQ_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpq-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:41 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:10:30 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpq-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpsnmpd.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:53 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:15:50 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntpsnmpd - NTP SNMP MIB agent - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntpsnmpd - NTP SNMP MIB agent - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
Usage: ntpsnmpd [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]...
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-n no nofork Do not fork
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsnmpd-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:44 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:11:02 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
#endif
extern FILE * option_usage_fp;
#define zCopyright (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+0)
-#define zLicenseDescrip (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+344)
+#define zLicenseDescrip (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+348)
#ifndef NULL
/**
* static const strings for ntpsnmpd options
*/
-static char const ntpsnmpd_opt_strs[1610] =
-/* 0 */ "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p3\n"
+static char const ntpsnmpd_opt_strs[1622] =
+/* 0 */ "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
"redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n"
"can be seen at:\n"
" <http://ntp.org/license>\n"
" <http://opensource.org/licenses/ntp-license.php>\n\0"
-/* 344 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
+/* 348 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
"documentation for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted,\n"
"provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that\n"
"both the copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting\n"
"Time Foundation makes no representations about the suitability this\n"
"software for any purpose. It is provided \"as is\" without express or\n"
"implied warranty.\n\0"
-/* 1012 */ "Do not fork\0"
-/* 1024 */ "NOFORK\0"
-/* 1031 */ "nofork\0"
-/* 1038 */ "Log to syslog()\0"
-/* 1054 */ "SYSLOG\0"
-/* 1061 */ "syslog\0"
-/* 1068 */ "The socket address ntpsnmpd uses to connect to net-snmpd\0"
-/* 1125 */ "AGENTXSOCKET\0"
-/* 1138 */ "agentxsocket\0"
-/* 1151 */ "unix:/var/agentx/master\0"
-/* 1175 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
-/* 1219 */ "help\0"
-/* 1224 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
-/* 1269 */ "more-help\0"
-/* 1279 */ "output version information and exit\0"
-/* 1315 */ "version\0"
-/* 1323 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
-/* 1362 */ "save-opts\0"
-/* 1372 */ "load options from a config file\0"
-/* 1404 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
-/* 1414 */ "no-load-opts\0"
-/* 1427 */ "no\0"
-/* 1430 */ "NTPSNMPD\0"
-/* 1439 */ "ntpsnmpd - NTP SNMP MIB agent - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n"
+/* 1016 */ "Do not fork\0"
+/* 1028 */ "NOFORK\0"
+/* 1035 */ "nofork\0"
+/* 1042 */ "Log to syslog()\0"
+/* 1058 */ "SYSLOG\0"
+/* 1065 */ "syslog\0"
+/* 1072 */ "The socket address ntpsnmpd uses to connect to net-snmpd\0"
+/* 1129 */ "AGENTXSOCKET\0"
+/* 1142 */ "agentxsocket\0"
+/* 1155 */ "unix:/var/agentx/master\0"
+/* 1179 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
+/* 1223 */ "help\0"
+/* 1228 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
+/* 1273 */ "more-help\0"
+/* 1283 */ "output version information and exit\0"
+/* 1319 */ "version\0"
+/* 1327 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
+/* 1366 */ "save-opts\0"
+/* 1376 */ "load options from a config file\0"
+/* 1408 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
+/* 1418 */ "no-load-opts\0"
+/* 1431 */ "no\0"
+/* 1434 */ "NTPSNMPD\0"
+/* 1443 */ "ntpsnmpd - NTP SNMP MIB agent - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...\n\0"
-/* 1542 */ "$HOME\0"
-/* 1548 */ ".\0"
-/* 1550 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 1557 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 1591 */ "\n\0"
-/* 1593 */ "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p3";
+/* 1550 */ "$HOME\0"
+/* 1556 */ ".\0"
+/* 1558 */ ".ntprc\0"
+/* 1565 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 1599 */ "\n\0"
+/* 1601 */ "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p4-RC1";
/**
* nofork option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the nofork option */
-#define NOFORK_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1012)
+#define NOFORK_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1016)
/** Upper-cased name for the nofork option */
-#define NOFORK_NAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1024)
+#define NOFORK_NAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1028)
/** Name string for the nofork option */
-#define NOFORK_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1031)
+#define NOFORK_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1035)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the nofork option */
#define NOFORK_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* syslog option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the syslog option */
-#define SYSLOG_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1038)
+#define SYSLOG_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1042)
/** Upper-cased name for the syslog option */
-#define SYSLOG_NAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1054)
+#define SYSLOG_NAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1058)
/** Name string for the syslog option */
-#define SYSLOG_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1061)
+#define SYSLOG_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1065)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the syslog option */
#define SYSLOG_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* agentXSocket option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the agentXSocket option */
-#define AGENTXSOCKET_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1068)
+#define AGENTXSOCKET_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1072)
/** Upper-cased name for the agentXSocket option */
-#define AGENTXSOCKET_NAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1125)
+#define AGENTXSOCKET_NAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1129)
/** Name string for the agentXSocket option */
-#define AGENTXSOCKET_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1138)
+#define AGENTXSOCKET_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1142)
/** The compiled in default value for the agentXSocket option argument */
-#define AGENTXSOCKET_DFT_ARG (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1151)
+#define AGENTXSOCKET_DFT_ARG (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1155)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the agentXSocket option */
#define AGENTXSOCKET_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
/*
* Help/More_Help/Version option descriptions:
*/
-#define HELP_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1175)
-#define HELP_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1219)
+#define HELP_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1179)
+#define HELP_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1223)
#ifdef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
-#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1224)
-#define MORE_HELP_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1269)
+#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1228)
+#define MORE_HELP_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1273)
#define MORE_HELP_FLAGS (OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#else
#define MORE_HELP_DESC HELP_DESC
# define VER_FLAGS (OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING) | \
OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#endif
-#define VER_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1279)
-#define VER_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1315)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1323)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1362)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1372)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1404)
-#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1414)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1427)
+#define VER_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1283)
+#define VER_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1319)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1327)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1366)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1376)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1408)
+#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1418)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1431)
#define LOAD_OPTS_name (NO_LOAD_OPTS_name + 3)
/**
* Declare option callback procedures
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/** Reference to the upper cased version of ntpsnmpd. */
-#define zPROGNAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1430)
+#define zPROGNAME (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1434)
/** Reference to the title line for ntpsnmpd usage. */
-#define zUsageTitle (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1439)
+#define zUsageTitle (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1443)
/** ntpsnmpd configuration file name. */
-#define zRcName (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1550)
+#define zRcName (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1558)
/** Directories to search for ntpsnmpd config files. */
static char const * const apzHomeList[3] = {
- ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1542,
- ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1548,
+ ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1550,
+ ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1556,
NULL };
/** The ntpsnmpd program bug email address. */
-#define zBugsAddr (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1557)
+#define zBugsAddr (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1565)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntpsnmpd does. */
-#define zExplain (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1591)
+#define zExplain (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1599)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntpsnmpd does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntpsnmpd. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1593)
+#define zFullVersion (ntpsnmpd_opt_strs+1601)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 364 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
translate option names.
*/
/* referenced via ntpsnmpdOptions.pzCopyright */
- puts(_("ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n\
This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n\
redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n\
puts(_("load options from a config file"));
/* referenced via ntpsnmpdOptions.pzUsageTitle */
- puts(_("ntpsnmpd - NTP SNMP MIB agent - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntpsnmpd - NTP SNMP MIB agent - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...\n"));
/* referenced via ntpsnmpdOptions.pzExplain */
puts(_("\n"));
/* referenced via ntpsnmpdOptions.pzFullVersion */
- puts(_("ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p3"));
+ puts(_("ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p4-RC1"));
/* referenced via ntpsnmpdOptions.pzFullUsage */
puts(_("<<<NOT-FOUND>>>"));
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsnmpd-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:44 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:11:02 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/** count of all options for ntpsnmpd */
#define OPTION_CT 8
/** ntpsnmpd version */
-#define NTPSNMPD_VERSION "4.2.8p3"
+#define NTPSNMPD_VERSION "4.2.8p4-RC1"
/** Full ntpsnmpd version text */
-#define NTPSNMPD_FULL_VERSION "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p3"
+#define NTPSNMPD_FULL_VERSION "ntpsnmpd 4.2.8p4-RC1"
/**
* Interface defines for all options. Replace "n" with the UPPER_CASED
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpsnmpd 1ntpsnmpdman "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpsnmpd 1ntpsnmpdman "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-_XaaxH/ag-lYa4vH)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-tYaOrF/ag-FYaGqF)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:50 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:15:38 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPSNMPD 1ntpsnmpdmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsnmpd-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:56 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:16:06 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
<p>The <code>ntpsnmpd</code> utility program is used to monitor NTP daemon <code>ntpd</code>
operations and determine performance. It uses the standard NTP mode 6 control
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntpsnmpd</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntpsnmpd</code>.
<ul class="menu">
<li><a accesskey="1" href="#ntpsnmpd-Description">ntpsnmpd Description</a>: Description
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpsnmpd @NTPSNMPD_MS@ "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpsnmpd @NTPSNMPD_MS@ "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-_XaaxH/ag-lYa4vH)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-tYaOrF/ag-FYaGqF)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:50 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:15:38 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPSNMPD @NTPSNMPD_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsnmpd-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:31:56 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:16:06 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpsnmpd-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
# - Numeric values increment
# - empty 'increments' to 1
# - NEW 'increments' to empty
-point=3
+point=4
### betapoint is normally modified by script.
# ntp-stable Beta number (betapoint)
# - - prerelease is emptied
# else (not in RC)
# - rcpoint is empty and unused (for now).
-rcpoint=
+rcpoint=1
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH calc_tickadj 1calc_tickadjman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH calc_tickadj 1calc_tickadjman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-XJaWrs/ag-9Ja4qs)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-Z6aGoq/ag-a7aOnq)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:21 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:19 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions calc_tickadj-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt CALC_TICKADJ 1calc_tickadjmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (calc_tickadj-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:25 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:22 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions calc_tickadj-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
<h2 class="unnumbered">calc_tickadj User's Manual</h2>
<p>This document describes the use of the NTP Project's <code>calc_tickadj</code> program.
-This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>calc_tickadj</code>.
+This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>calc_tickadj</code>.
<div class="shortcontents">
<h2>Short Contents</h2>
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH calc_tickadj 1calc_tickadjman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH calc_tickadj 1calc_tickadjman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-XJaWrs/ag-9Ja4qs)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-Z6aGoq/ag-a7aOnq)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:21 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:19 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions calc_tickadj-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt CALC_TICKADJ 1calc_tickadjmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (calc_tickadj-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:25 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:22 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions calc_tickadj-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-calc_tickadj.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:27 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:24 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions calc_tickadj-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-plot_summary.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:09 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:09 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions plot_summary-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-plot_summary - plot statistics generated by summary script - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+plot_summary - plot statistics generated by summary script - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: plot_summary [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]...
--directory=str Where the summary files are
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-summary.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:14 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:14 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions summary-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-summary - compute various stastics from NTP stat files - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+summary - compute various stastics from NTP stat files - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: summary [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]...
--directory=str Directory containing stat files
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntp-wait.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:33 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:32 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntp-wait - Wait for ntpd to stabilize the system clock - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntp-wait - Wait for ntpd to stabilize the system clock - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntp-wait [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]...
-n, --tries=num Number of times to check ntpd
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-wait-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:28 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:26 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
'help|?', 'more-help'));
$usage = <<'USAGE';
-ntp-wait - Wait for ntpd to stabilize the system clock - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntp-wait - Wait for ntpd to stabilize the system clock - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntp-wait [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
-n, --tries=num Number of times to check ntpd
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp-wait 1ntp-waitman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntp-wait 1ntp-waitman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-OSaORt/ag-0SaWQt)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-xqayOr/ag-KqaGNr)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:30 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:28 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTP_WAIT 1ntp-waitmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-wait-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:36 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:34 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
and only then start any applicaitons (like database servers) that require
accurate and stable time.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntp-wait</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntp-wait</code>.
<div class="shortcontents">
<h2>Short Contents</h2>
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">ntp-wait - Wait for ntpd to stabilize the system clock - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+<pre class="example">ntp-wait - Wait for ntpd to stabilize the system clock - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntp-wait [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
-n, --tries=num Number of times to check ntpd
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp-wait @NTP_WAIT_MS@ "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntp-wait @NTP_WAIT_MS@ "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-OSaORt/ag-0SaWQt)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-xqayOr/ag-KqaGNr)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:30 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:28 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTP_WAIT @NTP_WAIT_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-wait-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:36 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:34 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp-wait-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntpsweep.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:39 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:38 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntpsweep-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntpsweep - Print various informations about given ntp servers - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntpsweep - Print various informations about given ntp servers - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntpsweep [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]... [hostfile]
-l, --host-list=str Host to execute actions on
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsweep-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:38 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:36 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntpsweep-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
'help|?', 'more-help'));
$usage = <<'USAGE';
-ntpsweep - Print various informations about given ntp servers - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntpsweep - Print various informations about given ntp servers - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntpsweep [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [hostfile]
-l, --host-list=str Host to execute actions on
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpsweep 1ntpsweepman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpsweep 1ntpsweepman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-JEaGhv/ag-VEaOgv)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-Lmaqet/ag-Xmaydt)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:42 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:40 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpsweep-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPSWEEP 1ntpsweepmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsweep-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:45 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:44 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpsweep-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
<p>This document describes the use of the NTP Project's <code>ntpsweep</code> program.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntpsweep</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntpsweep</code>.
<div class="shortcontents">
<h2>Short Contents</h2>
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">ntpsweep - Print various informations about given ntp servers - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+<pre class="example">ntpsweep - Print various informations about given ntp servers - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntpsweep [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [hostfile]
-l, --host-list=str Host to execute actions on
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntpsweep 1ntpsweepman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntpsweep 1ntpsweepman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-JEaGhv/ag-VEaOgv)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-Lmaqet/ag-Xmaydt)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:42 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:40 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpsweep-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPSWEEP 1ntpsweepmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntpsweep-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:45 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:44 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntpsweep-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntptrace.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:52 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:51 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntptrace - Trace peers of an NTP server - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntptrace - Trace peers of an NTP server - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntptrace [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]... [host]
-n, --numeric Print IP addresses instead of hostnames
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntptrace-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:46 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:45 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
'help|?', 'more-help'));
$usage = <<'USAGE';
-ntptrace - Trace peers of an NTP server - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntptrace - Trace peers of an NTP server - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntptrace [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [host]
-n, --numeric Print IP addresses instead of hostnames
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntptrace 1ntptraceman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntptrace 1ntptraceman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-RjaOzw/ag-3jaWyw)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-F6aywu/ag-S6aGvu)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:48 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:47 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPTRACE 1ntptracemdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntptrace-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:54 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:53 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
<h2 class="unnumbered">Simple Network Time Protocol User Manual</h2>
<p>This document describes the use of the NTP Project's <code>ntptrace</code> program.
-This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntptrace</code>.
+This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntptrace</code>.
<div class="shortcontents">
<h2>Short Contents</h2>
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">ntptrace - Trace peers of an NTP server - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+<pre class="example">ntptrace - Trace peers of an NTP server - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: ntptrace [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... [host]
-n, --numeric Print IP addresses instead of hostnames
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntptrace @NTPTRACE_MS@ "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntptrace @NTPTRACE_MS@ "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-RjaOzw/ag-3jaWyw)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-F6aywu/ag-S6aGvu)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:48 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:47 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTPTRACE @NTPTRACE_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntptrace-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:54 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:53 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntptrace-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (plot_summary-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:05 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:05 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions plot_summary-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
'help|?', 'more-help'));
$usage = <<'USAGE';
-plot_summary - plot statistics generated by summary script - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+plot_summary - plot statistics generated by summary script - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: plot_summary [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
--directory=str Where the summary files are
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH plot_summary 1plot_summaryman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH plot_summary 1plot_summaryman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-8Laipz/ag-iMaqoz)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-1Maamx/ag-cNailx)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:11 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:11 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions plot_summary-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt PLOT_SUMMARY 1plot_summarymdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (plot_summary-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:13 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:12 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions plot_summary-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
<h2 class="unnumbered">Plot_summary User Manual</h2>
<p>This document describes the use of the NTP Project's <code>plot_summary</code> program.
-This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>plot_summary</code>.
+This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>plot_summary</code>.
<div class="shortcontents">
<h2>Short Contents</h2>
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">plot_summary - plot statistics generated by summary script - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+<pre class="example">plot_summary - plot statistics generated by summary script - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: plot_summary [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
--directory=str Where the summary files are
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH plot_summary 1plot_summaryman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH plot_summary 1plot_summaryman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-8Laipz/ag-iMaqoz)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-1Maamx/ag-cNailx)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:11 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:11 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions plot_summary-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt PLOT_SUMMARY 1plot_summarymdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (plot_summary-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:13 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:12 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions plot_summary-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (summary-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:07 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:07 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions summary-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
'help|?', 'more-help'));
$usage = <<'USAGE';
-summary - compute various stastics from NTP stat files - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+summary - compute various stastics from NTP stat files - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: summary [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
--directory=str Directory containing stat files
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH summary 1summaryman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH summary 1summaryman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-B9aWCz/ag-N9a4Bz)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-B7aOzx/ag-O7aWyx)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:16 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:16 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions summary-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt SUMMARY 1summarymdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (summary-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:18 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions summary-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
<h2 class="unnumbered">Summary User Manual</h2>
<p>This document describes the use of the NTP Project's <code>summary</code> program.
-This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>summary</code>.
+This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>summary</code>.
<div class="shortcontents">
<h2>Short Contents</h2>
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">summary - compute various stastics from NTP stat files - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+<pre class="example">summary - compute various stastics from NTP stat files - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: summary [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
--directory=str Directory containing stat files
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH summary 1summaryman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH summary 1summaryman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-B9aWCz/ag-N9a4Bz)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-B7aOzx/ag-O7aWyx)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:16 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:16 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions summary-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt SUMMARY 1summarymdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (summary-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:18 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions summary-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-update-leap.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:59 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:58 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions update-leap-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (update-leap-opts)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:05 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:04 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions update-leap-opts.def
# and the template file perlopt
'help|?', 'more-help'));
$usage = <<'USAGE';
-update-leap - leap-seconds file manager/updater - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+update-leap - leap-seconds file manager/updater - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
USAGE: update-leap [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
-s, --source-url=str The URL of the master copy of the leapseconds file
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH update-leap 1update-leapman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH update-leap 1update-leapman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-h5aqpx/ag-t5ayox)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-KSaamv/ag-XSailv)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:56 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:55 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions update-leap-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt UPDATE_LEAP 1update-leapmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (update-leap-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:03 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:03 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions update-leap-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
<p>This document describes the use of the NTP Project's <code>update-leap</code> program.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>update-leap</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>update-leap</code>.
<div class="shortcontents">
<h2>Short Contents</h2>
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH update-leap 1update-leapman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH update-leap 1update-leapman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-h5aqpx/ag-t5ayox)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-KSaamv/ag-XSailv)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:26:56 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:58:55 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions update-leap-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt UPDATE_LEAP 1update-leapmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (update-leap-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:27:03 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:59:03 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions update-leap-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-sntp.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:23:30 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:55:22 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions sntp-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-sntp - standard Simple Network Time Protocol client program - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+sntp - standard Simple Network Time Protocol client program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
Usage: sntp [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]... \
[ hostname-or-IP ...]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (sntp-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:23:20 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:54:01 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions sntp-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
#endif
extern FILE * option_usage_fp;
#define zCopyright (sntp_opt_strs+0)
-#define zLicenseDescrip (sntp_opt_strs+340)
+#define zLicenseDescrip (sntp_opt_strs+344)
/*
* global included definitions
/**
* static const strings for sntp options
*/
-static char const sntp_opt_strs[2549] =
-/* 0 */ "sntp 4.2.8p3\n"
+static char const sntp_opt_strs[2561] =
+/* 0 */ "sntp 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
"redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n"
"can be seen at:\n"
" <http://ntp.org/license>\n"
" <http://opensource.org/licenses/ntp-license.php>\n\0"
-/* 340 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
+/* 344 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
"documentation for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted,\n"
"provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that\n"
"both the copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting\n"
"Time Foundation makes no representations about the suitability this\n"
"software for any purpose. It is provided \"as is\" without express or\n"
"implied warranty.\n\0"
-/* 1008 */ "Force IPv4 DNS name resolution\0"
-/* 1039 */ "IPV4\0"
-/* 1044 */ "ipv4\0"
-/* 1049 */ "Force IPv6 DNS name resolution\0"
-/* 1080 */ "IPV6\0"
-/* 1085 */ "ipv6\0"
-/* 1090 */ "Enable authentication with the key auth-keynumber\0"
-/* 1140 */ "AUTHENTICATION\0"
-/* 1155 */ "authentication\0"
-/* 1170 */ "Listen to the address specified for broadcast time sync\0"
-/* 1226 */ "BROADCAST\0"
-/* 1236 */ "broadcast\0"
-/* 1246 */ "Concurrently query all IPs returned for host-name\0"
-/* 1296 */ "CONCURRENT\0"
-/* 1307 */ "concurrent\0"
-/* 1318 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1349 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1361 */ "debug-level\0"
-/* 1373 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1403 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1419 */ "set-debug-level\0"
-/* 1435 */ "The gap (in milliseconds) between time requests\0"
-/* 1483 */ "GAP\0"
-/* 1487 */ "gap\0"
-/* 1491 */ "KoD history filename\0"
-/* 1512 */ "KOD\0"
-/* 1516 */ "kod\0"
-/* 1520 */ "/var/db/ntp-kod\0"
-/* 1536 */ "Look in this file for the key specified with -a\0"
-/* 1584 */ "KEYFILE\0"
-/* 1592 */ "keyfile\0"
-/* 1600 */ "Log to specified logfile\0"
-/* 1625 */ "LOGFILE\0"
-/* 1633 */ "logfile\0"
-/* 1641 */ "Adjustments less than steplimit msec will be slewed\0"
-/* 1693 */ "STEPLIMIT\0"
-/* 1703 */ "steplimit\0"
-/* 1713 */ "Send int as our NTP protocol version\0"
-/* 1750 */ "NTPVERSION\0"
-/* 1761 */ "ntpversion\0"
-/* 1772 */ "Use the NTP Reserved Port (port 123)\0"
-/* 1809 */ "USERESERVEDPORT\0"
-/* 1825 */ "usereservedport\0"
-/* 1841 */ "OK to 'step' the time with settimeofday(2)\0"
-/* 1884 */ "STEP\0"
-/* 1889 */ "step\0"
-/* 1894 */ "OK to 'slew' the time with adjtime(2)\0"
-/* 1932 */ "SLEW\0"
-/* 1937 */ "slew\0"
-/* 1942 */ "The number of seconds to wait for responses\0"
-/* 1986 */ "TIMEOUT\0"
-/* 1994 */ "timeout\0"
-/* 2002 */ "Wait for pending replies (if not setting the time)\0"
-/* 2053 */ "WAIT\0"
-/* 2058 */ "no-wait\0"
-/* 2066 */ "no\0"
-/* 2069 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
-/* 2113 */ "help\0"
-/* 2118 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
-/* 2163 */ "more-help\0"
-/* 2173 */ "output version information and exit\0"
-/* 2209 */ "version\0"
-/* 2217 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
-/* 2256 */ "save-opts\0"
-/* 2266 */ "load options from a config file\0"
-/* 2298 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
-/* 2308 */ "no-load-opts\0"
-/* 2321 */ "SNTP\0"
-/* 2326 */ "sntp - standard Simple Network Time Protocol client program - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n"
+/* 1012 */ "Force IPv4 DNS name resolution\0"
+/* 1043 */ "IPV4\0"
+/* 1048 */ "ipv4\0"
+/* 1053 */ "Force IPv6 DNS name resolution\0"
+/* 1084 */ "IPV6\0"
+/* 1089 */ "ipv6\0"
+/* 1094 */ "Enable authentication with the key auth-keynumber\0"
+/* 1144 */ "AUTHENTICATION\0"
+/* 1159 */ "authentication\0"
+/* 1174 */ "Listen to the address specified for broadcast time sync\0"
+/* 1230 */ "BROADCAST\0"
+/* 1240 */ "broadcast\0"
+/* 1250 */ "Concurrently query all IPs returned for host-name\0"
+/* 1300 */ "CONCURRENT\0"
+/* 1311 */ "concurrent\0"
+/* 1322 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1353 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1365 */ "debug-level\0"
+/* 1377 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1407 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1423 */ "set-debug-level\0"
+/* 1439 */ "The gap (in milliseconds) between time requests\0"
+/* 1487 */ "GAP\0"
+/* 1491 */ "gap\0"
+/* 1495 */ "KoD history filename\0"
+/* 1516 */ "KOD\0"
+/* 1520 */ "kod\0"
+/* 1524 */ "/var/db/ntp-kod\0"
+/* 1540 */ "Look in this file for the key specified with -a\0"
+/* 1588 */ "KEYFILE\0"
+/* 1596 */ "keyfile\0"
+/* 1604 */ "Log to specified logfile\0"
+/* 1629 */ "LOGFILE\0"
+/* 1637 */ "logfile\0"
+/* 1645 */ "Adjustments less than steplimit msec will be slewed\0"
+/* 1697 */ "STEPLIMIT\0"
+/* 1707 */ "steplimit\0"
+/* 1717 */ "Send int as our NTP protocol version\0"
+/* 1754 */ "NTPVERSION\0"
+/* 1765 */ "ntpversion\0"
+/* 1776 */ "Use the NTP Reserved Port (port 123)\0"
+/* 1813 */ "USERESERVEDPORT\0"
+/* 1829 */ "usereservedport\0"
+/* 1845 */ "OK to 'step' the time with settimeofday(2)\0"
+/* 1888 */ "STEP\0"
+/* 1893 */ "step\0"
+/* 1898 */ "OK to 'slew' the time with adjtime(2)\0"
+/* 1936 */ "SLEW\0"
+/* 1941 */ "slew\0"
+/* 1946 */ "The number of seconds to wait for responses\0"
+/* 1990 */ "TIMEOUT\0"
+/* 1998 */ "timeout\0"
+/* 2006 */ "Wait for pending replies (if not setting the time)\0"
+/* 2057 */ "WAIT\0"
+/* 2062 */ "no-wait\0"
+/* 2070 */ "no\0"
+/* 2073 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
+/* 2117 */ "help\0"
+/* 2122 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
+/* 2167 */ "more-help\0"
+/* 2177 */ "output version information and exit\0"
+/* 2213 */ "version\0"
+/* 2221 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
+/* 2260 */ "save-opts\0"
+/* 2270 */ "load options from a config file\0"
+/* 2302 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
+/* 2312 */ "no-load-opts\0"
+/* 2325 */ "SNTP\0"
+/* 2330 */ "sntp - standard Simple Network Time Protocol client program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... \\\n"
"\t\t[ hostname-or-IP ...]\n\0"
-/* 2485 */ "$HOME\0"
-/* 2491 */ ".\0"
-/* 2493 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 2500 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 2534 */ "\n\0"
-/* 2536 */ "sntp 4.2.8p3";
+/* 2493 */ "$HOME\0"
+/* 2499 */ ".\0"
+/* 2501 */ ".ntprc\0"
+/* 2508 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 2542 */ "\n\0"
+/* 2544 */ "sntp 4.2.8p4-RC1";
/**
* ipv4 option description with
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1008)
+#define IPV4_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1012)
/** Upper-cased name for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1039)
+#define IPV4_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1043)
/** Name string for the ipv4 option */
-#define IPV4_name (sntp_opt_strs+1044)
+#define IPV4_name (sntp_opt_strs+1048)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the ipv4 option */
static int const aIpv4CantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_IPV6, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* "Must also have options" and "Incompatible options":
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1049)
+#define IPV6_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1053)
/** Upper-cased name for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1080)
+#define IPV6_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1084)
/** Name string for the ipv6 option */
-#define IPV6_name (sntp_opt_strs+1085)
+#define IPV6_name (sntp_opt_strs+1089)
/** Other options that appear in conjunction with the ipv6 option */
static int const aIpv6CantList[] = {
INDEX_OPT_IPV4, NO_EQUIVALENT };
* authentication option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the authentication option */
-#define AUTHENTICATION_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1090)
+#define AUTHENTICATION_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1094)
/** Upper-cased name for the authentication option */
-#define AUTHENTICATION_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1140)
+#define AUTHENTICATION_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1144)
/** Name string for the authentication option */
-#define AUTHENTICATION_name (sntp_opt_strs+1155)
+#define AUTHENTICATION_name (sntp_opt_strs+1159)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the authentication option */
#define AUTHENTICATION_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* broadcast option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the broadcast option */
-#define BROADCAST_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1170)
+#define BROADCAST_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1174)
/** Upper-cased name for the broadcast option */
-#define BROADCAST_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1226)
+#define BROADCAST_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1230)
/** Name string for the broadcast option */
-#define BROADCAST_name (sntp_opt_strs+1236)
+#define BROADCAST_name (sntp_opt_strs+1240)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the broadcast option */
#define BROADCAST_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED | OPTST_STACKED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* concurrent option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the concurrent option */
-#define CONCURRENT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1246)
+#define CONCURRENT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1250)
/** Upper-cased name for the concurrent option */
-#define CONCURRENT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1296)
+#define CONCURRENT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1300)
/** Name string for the concurrent option */
-#define CONCURRENT_name (sntp_opt_strs+1307)
+#define CONCURRENT_name (sntp_opt_strs+1311)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the concurrent option */
#define CONCURRENT_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED | OPTST_STACKED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1318)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1322)
/** Upper-cased name for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1349)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1353)
/** Name string for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (sntp_opt_strs+1361)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (sntp_opt_strs+1365)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the debug-level option */
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* set-debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1373)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1377)
/** Upper-cased name for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1403)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1407)
/** Name string for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (sntp_opt_strs+1419)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (sntp_opt_strs+1423)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the set-debug-level option */
#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* gap option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the gap option */
-#define GAP_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1435)
+#define GAP_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1439)
/** Upper-cased name for the gap option */
-#define GAP_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1483)
+#define GAP_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1487)
/** Name string for the gap option */
-#define GAP_name (sntp_opt_strs+1487)
+#define GAP_name (sntp_opt_strs+1491)
/** The compiled in default value for the gap option argument */
#define GAP_DFT_ARG ((char const*)50)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the gap option */
* kod option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the kod option */
-#define KOD_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1491)
+#define KOD_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1495)
/** Upper-cased name for the kod option */
-#define KOD_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1512)
+#define KOD_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1516)
/** Name string for the kod option */
-#define KOD_name (sntp_opt_strs+1516)
+#define KOD_name (sntp_opt_strs+1520)
/** The compiled in default value for the kod option argument */
-#define KOD_DFT_ARG (sntp_opt_strs+1520)
+#define KOD_DFT_ARG (sntp_opt_strs+1524)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the kod option */
#define KOD_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_FILE))
* keyfile option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the keyfile option */
-#define KEYFILE_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1536)
+#define KEYFILE_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1540)
/** Upper-cased name for the keyfile option */
-#define KEYFILE_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1584)
+#define KEYFILE_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1588)
/** Name string for the keyfile option */
-#define KEYFILE_name (sntp_opt_strs+1592)
+#define KEYFILE_name (sntp_opt_strs+1596)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the keyfile option */
#define KEYFILE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_FILE))
* logfile option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the logfile option */
-#define LOGFILE_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1600)
+#define LOGFILE_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1604)
/** Upper-cased name for the logfile option */
-#define LOGFILE_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1625)
+#define LOGFILE_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1629)
/** Name string for the logfile option */
-#define LOGFILE_name (sntp_opt_strs+1633)
+#define LOGFILE_name (sntp_opt_strs+1637)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the logfile option */
#define LOGFILE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_FILE))
* steplimit option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the steplimit option */
-#define STEPLIMIT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1641)
+#define STEPLIMIT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1645)
/** Upper-cased name for the steplimit option */
-#define STEPLIMIT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1693)
+#define STEPLIMIT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1697)
/** Name string for the steplimit option */
-#define STEPLIMIT_name (sntp_opt_strs+1703)
+#define STEPLIMIT_name (sntp_opt_strs+1707)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the steplimit option */
#define STEPLIMIT_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* ntpversion option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the ntpversion option */
-#define NTPVERSION_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1713)
+#define NTPVERSION_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1717)
/** Upper-cased name for the ntpversion option */
-#define NTPVERSION_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1750)
+#define NTPVERSION_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1754)
/** Name string for the ntpversion option */
-#define NTPVERSION_name (sntp_opt_strs+1761)
+#define NTPVERSION_name (sntp_opt_strs+1765)
/** The compiled in default value for the ntpversion option argument */
#define NTPVERSION_DFT_ARG ((char const*)4)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the ntpversion option */
* usereservedport option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the usereservedport option */
-#define USERESERVEDPORT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1772)
+#define USERESERVEDPORT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1776)
/** Upper-cased name for the usereservedport option */
-#define USERESERVEDPORT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1809)
+#define USERESERVEDPORT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1813)
/** Name string for the usereservedport option */
-#define USERESERVEDPORT_name (sntp_opt_strs+1825)
+#define USERESERVEDPORT_name (sntp_opt_strs+1829)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the usereservedport option */
#define USERESERVEDPORT_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* step option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the step option */
-#define STEP_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1841)
+#define STEP_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1845)
/** Upper-cased name for the step option */
-#define STEP_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1884)
+#define STEP_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1888)
/** Name string for the step option */
-#define STEP_name (sntp_opt_strs+1889)
+#define STEP_name (sntp_opt_strs+1893)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the step option */
#define STEP_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* slew option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the slew option */
-#define SLEW_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1894)
+#define SLEW_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1898)
/** Upper-cased name for the slew option */
-#define SLEW_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1932)
+#define SLEW_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1936)
/** Name string for the slew option */
-#define SLEW_name (sntp_opt_strs+1937)
+#define SLEW_name (sntp_opt_strs+1941)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the slew option */
#define SLEW_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* timeout option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the timeout option */
-#define TIMEOUT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1942)
+#define TIMEOUT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+1946)
/** Upper-cased name for the timeout option */
-#define TIMEOUT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1986)
+#define TIMEOUT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+1990)
/** Name string for the timeout option */
-#define TIMEOUT_name (sntp_opt_strs+1994)
+#define TIMEOUT_name (sntp_opt_strs+1998)
/** The compiled in default value for the timeout option argument */
#define TIMEOUT_DFT_ARG ((char const*)5)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the timeout option */
* wait option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the wait option */
-#define WAIT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2002)
+#define WAIT_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2006)
/** Upper-cased name for the wait option */
-#define WAIT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+2053)
+#define WAIT_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+2057)
/** disablement name for the wait option */
-#define NOT_WAIT_name (sntp_opt_strs+2058)
+#define NOT_WAIT_name (sntp_opt_strs+2062)
/** disablement prefix for the wait option */
-#define NOT_WAIT_PFX (sntp_opt_strs+2066)
+#define NOT_WAIT_PFX (sntp_opt_strs+2070)
/** Name string for the wait option */
#define WAIT_name (NOT_WAIT_name + 3)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the wait option */
/*
* Help/More_Help/Version option descriptions:
*/
-#define HELP_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2069)
-#define HELP_name (sntp_opt_strs+2113)
+#define HELP_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2073)
+#define HELP_name (sntp_opt_strs+2117)
#ifdef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
-#define MORE_HELP_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2118)
-#define MORE_HELP_name (sntp_opt_strs+2163)
+#define MORE_HELP_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2122)
+#define MORE_HELP_name (sntp_opt_strs+2167)
#define MORE_HELP_FLAGS (OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#else
#define MORE_HELP_DESC HELP_DESC
# define VER_FLAGS (OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING) | \
OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#endif
-#define VER_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2173)
-#define VER_name (sntp_opt_strs+2209)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2217)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_name (sntp_opt_strs+2256)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2266)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+2298)
-#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (sntp_opt_strs+2308)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (sntp_opt_strs+2066)
+#define VER_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2177)
+#define VER_name (sntp_opt_strs+2213)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2221)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_name (sntp_opt_strs+2260)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (sntp_opt_strs+2270)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (sntp_opt_strs+2302)
+#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (sntp_opt_strs+2312)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (sntp_opt_strs+2070)
#define LOAD_OPTS_name (NO_LOAD_OPTS_name + 3)
/**
* Declare option callback procedures
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/** Reference to the upper cased version of sntp. */
-#define zPROGNAME (sntp_opt_strs+2321)
+#define zPROGNAME (sntp_opt_strs+2325)
/** Reference to the title line for sntp usage. */
-#define zUsageTitle (sntp_opt_strs+2326)
+#define zUsageTitle (sntp_opt_strs+2330)
/** sntp configuration file name. */
-#define zRcName (sntp_opt_strs+2493)
+#define zRcName (sntp_opt_strs+2501)
/** Directories to search for sntp config files. */
static char const * const apzHomeList[3] = {
- sntp_opt_strs+2485,
- sntp_opt_strs+2491,
+ sntp_opt_strs+2493,
+ sntp_opt_strs+2499,
NULL };
/** The sntp program bug email address. */
-#define zBugsAddr (sntp_opt_strs+2500)
+#define zBugsAddr (sntp_opt_strs+2508)
/** Clarification/explanation of what sntp does. */
-#define zExplain (sntp_opt_strs+2534)
+#define zExplain (sntp_opt_strs+2542)
/** Extra detail explaining what sntp does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for sntp. */
-#define zFullVersion (sntp_opt_strs+2536)
+#define zFullVersion (sntp_opt_strs+2544)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 364 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
translate option names.
*/
/* referenced via sntpOptions.pzCopyright */
- puts(_("sntp 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("sntp 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n\
This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n\
redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n\
puts(_("load options from a config file"));
/* referenced via sntpOptions.pzUsageTitle */
- puts(_("sntp - standard Simple Network Time Protocol client program - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("sntp - standard Simple Network Time Protocol client program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... \\\n\
\t\t[ hostname-or-IP ...]\n"));
puts(_("\n"));
/* referenced via sntpOptions.pzFullVersion */
- puts(_("sntp 4.2.8p3"));
+ puts(_("sntp 4.2.8p4-RC1"));
/* referenced via sntpOptions.pzFullUsage */
puts(_("<<<NOT-FOUND>>>"));
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (sntp-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:23:19 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:54:00 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions sntp-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/** count of all options for sntp */
#define OPTION_CT 23
/** sntp version */
-#define SNTP_VERSION "4.2.8p3"
+#define SNTP_VERSION "4.2.8p4-RC1"
/** Full sntp version text */
-#define SNTP_FULL_VERSION "sntp 4.2.8p3"
+#define SNTP_FULL_VERSION "sntp 4.2.8p4-RC1"
/**
* Interface defines for all options. Replace "n" with the UPPER_CASED
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH sntp 1sntpman "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH sntp 1sntpman "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-JTaaO5/ag-VTa4M5)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-i2ayF3/ag-u2aqE3)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:23:26 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:55:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions sntp-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt SNTP 1sntpmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (sntp-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:23:32 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:55:25 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions sntp-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
clock. Run as root, it can correct the system clock to this offset as
well. It can be run as an interactive command or from a cron job.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>sntp</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>sntp</code>.
<p>The program implements the SNTP protocol as defined by RFC 5905, the NTPv4
IETF specification.
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">sntp - standard Simple Network Time Protocol client program - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+<pre class="example">sntp - standard Simple Network Time Protocol client program - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
Usage: sntp [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]... \
[ hostname-or-IP ...]
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH sntp @SNTP_MS@ "29 Jun 2015" "4.2.8p3" "User Commands"
+.TH sntp @SNTP_MS@ "06 Oct 2015" "4.2.8p4-RC1" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-JTaaO5/ag-VTa4M5)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-i2ayF3/ag-u2aqE3)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:23:26 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:55:18 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions sntp-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt SNTP @SNTP_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (sntp-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:23:32 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 05:55:25 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions sntp-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
#
# EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (invoke-ntp-keygen.texi)
#
-# It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:32:15 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+# It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:18:09 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
# From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
# and the template file agtexi-cmd.tpl
@end ignore
@exampleindent 0
@example
-ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p3
+ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1
Usage: ntp-keygen [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[@{=| @}<val>] ]...
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-b Num imbits identity modulus bits
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-keygen-opts.c)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:32:00 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:17:13 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
#endif
extern FILE * option_usage_fp;
#define zCopyright (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+0)
-#define zLicenseDescrip (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+352)
+#define zLicenseDescrip (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+356)
/*
* global included definitions
/**
* static const strings for ntp-keygen options
*/
-static char const ntp_keygen_opt_strs[2419] =
-/* 0 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p3\n"
+static char const ntp_keygen_opt_strs[2431] =
+/* 0 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n"
"This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n"
"redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n"
"can be seen at:\n"
" <http://ntp.org/license>\n"
" <http://opensource.org/licenses/ntp-license.php>\n\0"
-/* 352 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
+/* 356 */ "Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its\n"
"documentation for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted,\n"
"provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that\n"
"both the copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting\n"
"Time Foundation makes no representations about the suitability this\n"
"software for any purpose. It is provided \"as is\" without express or\n"
"implied warranty.\n\0"
-/* 1020 */ "identity modulus bits\0"
-/* 1042 */ "IMBITS\0"
-/* 1049 */ "imbits\0"
-/* 1056 */ "certificate scheme\0"
-/* 1075 */ "CERTIFICATE\0"
-/* 1087 */ "certificate\0"
-/* 1099 */ "privatekey cipher\0"
-/* 1117 */ "CIPHER\0"
-/* 1124 */ "cipher\0"
-/* 1131 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1162 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1174 */ "debug-level\0"
-/* 1186 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
-/* 1216 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
-/* 1232 */ "set-debug-level\0"
-/* 1248 */ "Write IFF or GQ identity keys\0"
-/* 1278 */ "ID_KEY\0"
-/* 1285 */ "id-key\0"
-/* 1292 */ "Generate GQ parameters and keys\0"
-/* 1324 */ "GQ_PARAMS\0"
-/* 1334 */ "gq-params\0"
-/* 1344 */ "generate RSA host key\0"
-/* 1366 */ "HOST_KEY\0"
-/* 1375 */ "host-key\0"
-/* 1384 */ "generate IFF parameters\0"
-/* 1408 */ "IFFKEY\0"
-/* 1415 */ "iffkey\0"
-/* 1422 */ "set Autokey group name\0"
-/* 1445 */ "IDENT\0"
-/* 1451 */ "ident\0"
-/* 1457 */ "set certificate lifetime\0"
-/* 1482 */ "LIFETIME\0"
-/* 1491 */ "lifetime\0"
-/* 1500 */ "generate MD5 keys\0"
-/* 1518 */ "MD5KEY\0"
-/* 1525 */ "md5key\0"
-/* 1532 */ "modulus\0"
-/* 1540 */ "MODULUS\0"
-/* 1548 */ "generate PC private certificate\0"
-/* 1580 */ "PVT_CERT\0"
-/* 1589 */ "pvt-cert\0"
-/* 1598 */ "local private password\0"
-/* 1621 */ "PASSWORD\0"
-/* 1630 */ "password\0"
-/* 1639 */ "export IFF or GQ group keys with password\0"
-/* 1681 */ "EXPORT_PASSWD\0"
-/* 1695 */ "export-passwd\0"
-/* 1709 */ "generate sign key (RSA or DSA)\0"
-/* 1740 */ "SIGN_KEY\0"
-/* 1749 */ "sign-key\0"
-/* 1758 */ "set host and optionally group name\0"
-/* 1793 */ "SUBJECT_NAME\0"
-/* 1806 */ "subject-name\0"
-/* 1819 */ "trusted certificate (TC scheme)\0"
-/* 1851 */ "TRUSTED_CERT\0"
-/* 1864 */ "trusted-cert\0"
-/* 1877 */ "generate <num> MV parameters\0"
-/* 1906 */ "MV_PARAMS\0"
-/* 1916 */ "mv-params\0"
-/* 1926 */ "update <num> MV keys\0"
-/* 1947 */ "MV_KEYS\0"
-/* 1955 */ "mv-keys\0"
-/* 1963 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
-/* 2007 */ "help\0"
-/* 2012 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
-/* 2057 */ "more-help\0"
-/* 2067 */ "output version information and exit\0"
-/* 2103 */ "version\0"
-/* 2111 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
-/* 2150 */ "save-opts\0"
-/* 2160 */ "load options from a config file\0"
-/* 2192 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
-/* 2202 */ "no-load-opts\0"
-/* 2215 */ "no\0"
-/* 2218 */ "NTP_KEYGEN\0"
-/* 2229 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n"
+/* 1024 */ "identity modulus bits\0"
+/* 1046 */ "IMBITS\0"
+/* 1053 */ "imbits\0"
+/* 1060 */ "certificate scheme\0"
+/* 1079 */ "CERTIFICATE\0"
+/* 1091 */ "certificate\0"
+/* 1103 */ "privatekey cipher\0"
+/* 1121 */ "CIPHER\0"
+/* 1128 */ "cipher\0"
+/* 1135 */ "Increase debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1166 */ "DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1178 */ "debug-level\0"
+/* 1190 */ "Set the debug verbosity level\0"
+/* 1220 */ "SET_DEBUG_LEVEL\0"
+/* 1236 */ "set-debug-level\0"
+/* 1252 */ "Write IFF or GQ identity keys\0"
+/* 1282 */ "ID_KEY\0"
+/* 1289 */ "id-key\0"
+/* 1296 */ "Generate GQ parameters and keys\0"
+/* 1328 */ "GQ_PARAMS\0"
+/* 1338 */ "gq-params\0"
+/* 1348 */ "generate RSA host key\0"
+/* 1370 */ "HOST_KEY\0"
+/* 1379 */ "host-key\0"
+/* 1388 */ "generate IFF parameters\0"
+/* 1412 */ "IFFKEY\0"
+/* 1419 */ "iffkey\0"
+/* 1426 */ "set Autokey group name\0"
+/* 1449 */ "IDENT\0"
+/* 1455 */ "ident\0"
+/* 1461 */ "set certificate lifetime\0"
+/* 1486 */ "LIFETIME\0"
+/* 1495 */ "lifetime\0"
+/* 1504 */ "generate MD5 keys\0"
+/* 1522 */ "MD5KEY\0"
+/* 1529 */ "md5key\0"
+/* 1536 */ "modulus\0"
+/* 1544 */ "MODULUS\0"
+/* 1552 */ "generate PC private certificate\0"
+/* 1584 */ "PVT_CERT\0"
+/* 1593 */ "pvt-cert\0"
+/* 1602 */ "local private password\0"
+/* 1625 */ "PASSWORD\0"
+/* 1634 */ "password\0"
+/* 1643 */ "export IFF or GQ group keys with password\0"
+/* 1685 */ "EXPORT_PASSWD\0"
+/* 1699 */ "export-passwd\0"
+/* 1713 */ "generate sign key (RSA or DSA)\0"
+/* 1744 */ "SIGN_KEY\0"
+/* 1753 */ "sign-key\0"
+/* 1762 */ "set host and optionally group name\0"
+/* 1797 */ "SUBJECT_NAME\0"
+/* 1810 */ "subject-name\0"
+/* 1823 */ "trusted certificate (TC scheme)\0"
+/* 1855 */ "TRUSTED_CERT\0"
+/* 1868 */ "trusted-cert\0"
+/* 1881 */ "generate <num> MV parameters\0"
+/* 1910 */ "MV_PARAMS\0"
+/* 1920 */ "mv-params\0"
+/* 1930 */ "update <num> MV keys\0"
+/* 1951 */ "MV_KEYS\0"
+/* 1959 */ "mv-keys\0"
+/* 1967 */ "display extended usage information and exit\0"
+/* 2011 */ "help\0"
+/* 2016 */ "extended usage information passed thru pager\0"
+/* 2061 */ "more-help\0"
+/* 2071 */ "output version information and exit\0"
+/* 2107 */ "version\0"
+/* 2115 */ "save the option state to a config file\0"
+/* 2154 */ "save-opts\0"
+/* 2164 */ "load options from a config file\0"
+/* 2196 */ "LOAD_OPTS\0"
+/* 2206 */ "no-load-opts\0"
+/* 2219 */ "no\0"
+/* 2222 */ "NTP_KEYGEN\0"
+/* 2233 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n"
"Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...\n\0"
-/* 2343 */ "$HOME\0"
-/* 2349 */ ".\0"
-/* 2351 */ ".ntprc\0"
-/* 2358 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
-/* 2392 */ "\n\0"
-/* 2394 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p3";
+/* 2351 */ "$HOME\0"
+/* 2357 */ ".\0"
+/* 2359 */ ".ntprc\0"
+/* 2366 */ "http://bugs.ntp.org, bugs@ntp.org\0"
+/* 2400 */ "\n\0"
+/* 2402 */ "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p4-RC1";
/**
* imbits option description:
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the imbits option */
-#define IMBITS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1020)
+#define IMBITS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1024)
/** Upper-cased name for the imbits option */
-#define IMBITS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1042)
+#define IMBITS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1046)
/** Name string for the imbits option */
-#define IMBITS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1049)
+#define IMBITS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1053)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the imbits option */
#define IMBITS_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the certificate option */
-#define CERTIFICATE_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1056)
+#define CERTIFICATE_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1060)
/** Upper-cased name for the certificate option */
-#define CERTIFICATE_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1075)
+#define CERTIFICATE_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1079)
/** Name string for the certificate option */
-#define CERTIFICATE_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1087)
+#define CERTIFICATE_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1091)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the certificate option */
#define CERTIFICATE_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the cipher option */
-#define CIPHER_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1099)
+#define CIPHER_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1103)
/** Upper-cased name for the cipher option */
-#define CIPHER_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1117)
+#define CIPHER_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1121)
/** Name string for the cipher option */
-#define CIPHER_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1124)
+#define CIPHER_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1128)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the cipher option */
#define CIPHER_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
* debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1131)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1135)
/** Upper-cased name for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1162)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1166)
/** Name string for the debug-level option */
-#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1174)
+#define DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1178)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the debug-level option */
#define DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
* set-debug-level option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1186)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1190)
/** Upper-cased name for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1216)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1220)
/** Name string for the set-debug-level option */
-#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1232)
+#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1236)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the set-debug-level option */
#define SET_DEBUG_LEVEL_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the id-key option */
-#define ID_KEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1248)
+#define ID_KEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1252)
/** Upper-cased name for the id-key option */
-#define ID_KEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1278)
+#define ID_KEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1282)
/** Name string for the id-key option */
-#define ID_KEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1285)
+#define ID_KEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1289)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the id-key option */
#define ID_KEY_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the gq-params option */
-#define GQ_PARAMS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1292)
+#define GQ_PARAMS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1296)
/** Upper-cased name for the gq-params option */
-#define GQ_PARAMS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1324)
+#define GQ_PARAMS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1328)
/** Name string for the gq-params option */
-#define GQ_PARAMS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1334)
+#define GQ_PARAMS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1338)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the gq-params option */
#define GQ_PARAMS_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the host-key option */
-#define HOST_KEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1344)
+#define HOST_KEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1348)
/** Upper-cased name for the host-key option */
-#define HOST_KEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1366)
+#define HOST_KEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1370)
/** Name string for the host-key option */
-#define HOST_KEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1375)
+#define HOST_KEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1379)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the host-key option */
#define HOST_KEY_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the iffkey option */
-#define IFFKEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1384)
+#define IFFKEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1388)
/** Upper-cased name for the iffkey option */
-#define IFFKEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1408)
+#define IFFKEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1412)
/** Name string for the iffkey option */
-#define IFFKEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1415)
+#define IFFKEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1419)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the iffkey option */
#define IFFKEY_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the ident option */
-#define IDENT_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1422)
+#define IDENT_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1426)
/** Upper-cased name for the ident option */
-#define IDENT_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1445)
+#define IDENT_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1449)
/** Name string for the ident option */
-#define IDENT_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1451)
+#define IDENT_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1455)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the ident option */
#define IDENT_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the lifetime option */
-#define LIFETIME_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1457)
+#define LIFETIME_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1461)
/** Upper-cased name for the lifetime option */
-#define LIFETIME_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1482)
+#define LIFETIME_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1486)
/** Name string for the lifetime option */
-#define LIFETIME_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1491)
+#define LIFETIME_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1495)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the lifetime option */
#define LIFETIME_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
* md5key option description:
*/
/** Descriptive text for the md5key option */
-#define MD5KEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1500)
+#define MD5KEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1504)
/** Upper-cased name for the md5key option */
-#define MD5KEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1518)
+#define MD5KEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1522)
/** Name string for the md5key option */
-#define MD5KEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1525)
+#define MD5KEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1529)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the md5key option */
#define MD5KEY_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the modulus option */
-#define MODULUS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1532)
+#define MODULUS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1536)
/** Upper-cased name for the modulus option */
-#define MODULUS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1540)
+#define MODULUS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1544)
/** Name string for the modulus option */
-#define MODULUS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1532)
+#define MODULUS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1536)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the modulus option */
#define MODULUS_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the pvt-cert option */
-#define PVT_CERT_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1548)
+#define PVT_CERT_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1552)
/** Upper-cased name for the pvt-cert option */
-#define PVT_CERT_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1580)
+#define PVT_CERT_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1584)
/** Name string for the pvt-cert option */
-#define PVT_CERT_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1589)
+#define PVT_CERT_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1593)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the pvt-cert option */
#define PVT_CERT_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the password option */
-#define PASSWORD_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1598)
+#define PASSWORD_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1602)
/** Upper-cased name for the password option */
-#define PASSWORD_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1621)
+#define PASSWORD_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1625)
/** Name string for the password option */
-#define PASSWORD_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1630)
+#define PASSWORD_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1634)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the password option */
#define PASSWORD_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the export-passwd option */
-#define EXPORT_PASSWD_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1639)
+#define EXPORT_PASSWD_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1643)
/** Upper-cased name for the export-passwd option */
-#define EXPORT_PASSWD_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1681)
+#define EXPORT_PASSWD_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1685)
/** Name string for the export-passwd option */
-#define EXPORT_PASSWD_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1695)
+#define EXPORT_PASSWD_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1699)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the export-passwd option */
#define EXPORT_PASSWD_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the sign-key option */
-#define SIGN_KEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1709)
+#define SIGN_KEY_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1713)
/** Upper-cased name for the sign-key option */
-#define SIGN_KEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1740)
+#define SIGN_KEY_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1744)
/** Name string for the sign-key option */
-#define SIGN_KEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1749)
+#define SIGN_KEY_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1753)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the sign-key option */
#define SIGN_KEY_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the subject-name option */
-#define SUBJECT_NAME_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1758)
+#define SUBJECT_NAME_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1762)
/** Upper-cased name for the subject-name option */
-#define SUBJECT_NAME_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1793)
+#define SUBJECT_NAME_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1797)
/** Name string for the subject-name option */
-#define SUBJECT_NAME_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1806)
+#define SUBJECT_NAME_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1810)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the subject-name option */
#define SUBJECT_NAME_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the trusted-cert option */
-#define TRUSTED_CERT_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1819)
+#define TRUSTED_CERT_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1823)
/** Upper-cased name for the trusted-cert option */
-#define TRUSTED_CERT_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1851)
+#define TRUSTED_CERT_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1855)
/** Name string for the trusted-cert option */
-#define TRUSTED_CERT_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1864)
+#define TRUSTED_CERT_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1868)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the trusted-cert option */
#define TRUSTED_CERT_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED)
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the mv-params option */
-#define MV_PARAMS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1877)
+#define MV_PARAMS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1881)
/** Upper-cased name for the mv-params option */
-#define MV_PARAMS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1906)
+#define MV_PARAMS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1910)
/** Name string for the mv-params option */
-#define MV_PARAMS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1916)
+#define MV_PARAMS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1920)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the mv-params option */
#define MV_PARAMS_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
*/
#ifdef AUTOKEY
/** Descriptive text for the mv-keys option */
-#define MV_KEYS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1926)
+#define MV_KEYS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1930)
/** Upper-cased name for the mv-keys option */
-#define MV_KEYS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1947)
+#define MV_KEYS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1951)
/** Name string for the mv-keys option */
-#define MV_KEYS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1955)
+#define MV_KEYS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1959)
/** Compiled in flag settings for the mv-keys option */
#define MV_KEYS_FLAGS (OPTST_DISABLED \
| OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_NUMERIC))
/*
* Help/More_Help/Version option descriptions:
*/
-#define HELP_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1963)
-#define HELP_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2007)
+#define HELP_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+1967)
+#define HELP_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2011)
#ifdef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
-#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2012)
-#define MORE_HELP_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2057)
+#define MORE_HELP_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2016)
+#define MORE_HELP_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2061)
#define MORE_HELP_FLAGS (OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#else
#define MORE_HELP_DESC HELP_DESC
# define VER_FLAGS (OPTST_SET_ARGTYPE(OPARG_TYPE_STRING) | \
OPTST_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTST_IMM | OPTST_NO_INIT)
#endif
-#define VER_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2067)
-#define VER_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2103)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2111)
-#define SAVE_OPTS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2150)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2160)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2192)
-#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2202)
-#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2215)
+#define VER_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2071)
+#define VER_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2107)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2115)
+#define SAVE_OPTS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2154)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_DESC (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2164)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_NAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2196)
+#define NO_LOAD_OPTS_name (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2206)
+#define LOAD_OPTS_pfx (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2219)
#define LOAD_OPTS_name (NO_LOAD_OPTS_name + 3)
/**
* Declare option callback procedures
/* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
/** Reference to the upper cased version of ntp-keygen. */
-#define zPROGNAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2218)
+#define zPROGNAME (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2222)
/** Reference to the title line for ntp-keygen usage. */
-#define zUsageTitle (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2229)
+#define zUsageTitle (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2233)
/** ntp-keygen configuration file name. */
-#define zRcName (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2351)
+#define zRcName (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2359)
/** Directories to search for ntp-keygen config files. */
static char const * const apzHomeList[3] = {
- ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2343,
- ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2349,
+ ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2351,
+ ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2357,
NULL };
/** The ntp-keygen program bug email address. */
-#define zBugsAddr (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2358)
+#define zBugsAddr (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2366)
/** Clarification/explanation of what ntp-keygen does. */
-#define zExplain (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2392)
+#define zExplain (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2400)
/** Extra detail explaining what ntp-keygen does. */
#define zDetail (NULL)
/** The full version string for ntp-keygen. */
-#define zFullVersion (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2394)
+#define zFullVersion (ntp_keygen_opt_strs+2402)
/* extracted from optcode.tlib near line 364 */
#if defined(ENABLE_NLS)
translate option names.
*/
/* referenced via ntp_keygenOptions.pzCopyright */
- puts(_("ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Copyright (C) 1992-2015 The University of Delaware and Network Time Foundation, all rights reserved.\n\
This is free software. It is licensed for use, modification and\n\
redistribution under the terms of the NTP License, copies of which\n\
puts(_("load options from a config file"));
/* referenced via ntp_keygenOptions.pzUsageTitle */
- puts(_("ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p3\n\
+ puts(_("ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p4-RC1\n\
Usage: %s [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...\n"));
/* referenced via ntp_keygenOptions.pzExplain */
puts(_("\n"));
/* referenced via ntp_keygenOptions.pzFullVersion */
- puts(_("ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p3"));
+ puts(_("ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p4-RC1"));
/* referenced via ntp_keygenOptions.pzFullUsage */
puts(_("<<<NOT-FOUND>>>"));
/*
* EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-keygen-opts.h)
*
- * It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:32:00 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+ * It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:17:12 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
* From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
* and the template file options
*
/** count of all options for ntp-keygen */
#define OPTION_CT 26
/** ntp-keygen version */
-#define NTP_KEYGEN_VERSION "4.2.8p3"
+#define NTP_KEYGEN_VERSION "4.2.8p4-RC1"
/** Full ntp-keygen version text */
-#define NTP_KEYGEN_FULL_VERSION "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p3"
+#define NTP_KEYGEN_FULL_VERSION "ntp-keygen (ntp) 4.2.8p4-RC1"
/**
* Interface defines for all options. Replace "n" with the UPPER_CASED
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp-keygen 1ntp-keygenman "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntp-keygen 1ntp-keygenman "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-M4aiZI/ag-Y4aaYI)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-EraaUG/ag-Rra4SG)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:32:11 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:18:04 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTP_KEYGEN 1ntp-keygenmdoc User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-keygen-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:32:18 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:18:12 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
printable ASCII format so they can be embedded as MIME attachments in
mail to other sites.
- <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p3 of <code>ntp-keygen</code>.
+ <p>This document applies to version 4.2.8p4-RC1 of <code>ntp-keygen</code>.
<div class="node">
<p><hr>
used to select the program, defaulting to <span class="file">more</span>. Both will exit
with a status code of 0.
-<pre class="example">ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p3-RC3
+<pre class="example">ntp-keygen (ntp) - Create a NTP host key - Ver. 4.2.8p3
Usage: ntp-keygen [ -<flag> [<val>] | --<name>[{=| }<val>] ]...
Flg Arg Option-Name Description
-b Num imbits identity modulus bits
.ds B-Font B
.ds I-Font I
.ds R-Font R
-.TH ntp-keygen @NTP_KEYGEN_MS@ "29 Jun 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p3)" "User Commands"
+.TH ntp-keygen @NTP_KEYGEN_MS@ "06 Oct 2015" "ntp (4.2.8p4-RC1)" "User Commands"
.\"
-.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-M4aiZI/ag-Y4aaYI)
+.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (/tmp/.ag-EraaUG/ag-Rra4SG)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:32:11 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:18:04 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
.\" and the template file agman-cmd.tpl
.SH NAME
-.Dd June 29 2015
+.Dd October 6 2015
.Dt NTP_KEYGEN @NTP_KEYGEN_MS@ User Commands
.Os
.\" EDIT THIS FILE WITH CAUTION (ntp-keygen-opts.mdoc)
.\"
-.\" It has been AutoGen-ed June 29, 2015 at 04:32:18 PM by AutoGen 5.18.5
+.\" It has been AutoGen-ed October 6, 2015 at 06:18:12 AM by AutoGen 5.18.5
.\" From the definitions ntp-keygen-opts.def
.\" and the template file agmdoc-cmd.tpl
.Sh NAME
projects / thirdparty / ntp.git / commitdiff
